CrimethInc. ex-Workers’ Collective: Your ticket to a world free…
crimethinc.com.web.brid.gy
CrimethInc. ex-Workers’ Collective: Your ticket to a world free…
@crimethinc.com.web.brid.gy
CrimethInc. is a decentralized network pledged to anonymous collective action. We strive to reinvent our lives and our world according to the principles of […]

[bridged from https://crimethinc.com/ on the web: https://fed.brid.gy/web/crimethinc.com ]
MERCENARIES : A Video and Poster Campaign to Counter ICE Recruitment
In order to keep Donald Trump’s voter base entertained with spectacles of predatory violence, recruiters are offering bribes of up to $50,000 to seduce gullible individuals into hiring themselves out to United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE). While Trump’s henchmen falsely claim that ICE is targeting “criminals,” the real wrongdoers are those who are willing to do harm to their neighbors in return for a bribe. In cooperation with subMedia and the Coordinadora Anarquista Tejiendo Libertad, we have prepared a video and poster campaign to counter ICE recruitment. Please help us circulate these everywhere that people are at risk. There is nothing more despicable and dangerous than a mercenary. When you join ICE, you become a threat to your community and a traitor to humanity. **Once people see you with ICE, you’re going to have to wear that mask every day for the rest of your life.** This leaflet covers the basic steps you can take to prevent ICE from terrorizing your community. You can learn more about how to defend against ICE here. Here is the poster design, suitable for printing and wheatpasting on vertical surfaces everywhere: * * * # MERCENARIES We are told that dangerous people are loose in our communities. Parasites feeding on our resources. People who are not like us. But who is dangerous, if not those who will kidnap their neighbors in return for a bribe? If anyone is a parasite, it is the ones who monopolize public resources to profit on violence. If anyone is an outsider, it is the ones who sell their capacity to inflict harm to the highest bidder: the mercenaries who hire themselves out to ICE. They are not protecting our communities—they are trying to destroy them. By persecuting the vulnerable, they aim to wear down our ability to identify with each other, our ability to feel compassion. If they succeed, all of us will be in danger. They are also threatening your safety, your freedom. Once they are finished rounding up immigrants, they will need new scapegoats. Those who know the history of fascism know how this story goes. They begin by locking undocumented children in cages—and end by locking your children in cages. Together, we can create a world in which no one has to live in fear of mercenaries. No politician or political party will do this for us. It’s up to us. # Resources * Eight Things You Can Do to Stop ICE * Seven Steps to Stop ICE * When the Feds Come to Your City: Standing Up to ICE—A Guide from Chicago Organizers
crimethinc.com
December 11, 2025 at 12:43 AM
Anarchists at the No Kings Rallies : Reports from around the Country
Following the “No Kings, No Masters” call to establish an anti-authoritarian presence at the October 18 “No Kings” rallies around the United States, we reached out to anarchists in a dozen cities and towns to learn how their efforts went and how they understand the challenges and potential of these protests. Many of the official organizers of the No Kings demonstrations are passionately invested in emphasizing that they are peaceful and law-abiding. At the same time, federal agencies are making a point of displaying their brutality and disregard for legal precedent, while steadily amassing more resources with which to harm communities and suppress opposition. Absent a concrete plan to address the fact that Donald Trump clearly does not intend to leave office voluntarily, the focus on symbolic, legalistic, and inconsequential protest can only be self-defeating. To rise to the challenge posed by ascendant fascism, the movement against Trump’s power grab will have to find concrete ways to exert leverage, likely including the tactics and strategies that anarchists have developed. Far from frightening away participants, this will draw in those who tend to remain aloof from struggles until there is something substantial at stake—including many of the poorest and most oppressed, who participated in the George Floyd revolt but have largely stayed on the sidelines during the No Kings protests thus far. Despite the desire of many No Kings organizers to remain innocuous, Donald Trump and his supporters are determined to portray them as crazed extremists. House Majority Leader Steve Scalise called No Kings a “hate America rally.” House Speaker Mike Johnson described the participants as “Hamas supporters,” “antifa types,” and “Marxists,” while House Majority Whip Tom Emmer described them as representing “the terrorist wing” of the Democratic Party, a “small but very violent and vocal group.” Transportation Secretary Sean Duffy told Fox News “This is part of antifa, paid protesters.” All of this is laughably mendacious, but it should drive home to Democrats that **they will gain nothing whatsoever from attempting to show how peaceful and compliant they are.** Trump and his lackeys aim to intimidate them into passivity—but regardless of how passive they are, the administration intends to treat them as terrorists. Let extreme-right grifters and Donald Trump himself charge that the No Kings protesters are “antifa,” or, contradictorily, that anarchists are attempting to infiltrate the No Kings demonstrations. Their very claims will undermine the credibility of those talking points in the eyes of the general public, while compelling millions of people to ask themselves whether they, too, are indeed anti-fascists who should avail themselves of the lessons of the long tradition of anti-authoritarian resistance. There are already signs that this is happening. The anecdotes below, taken from a variety of contexts across the country, show the beginnings of anarchist participation in a movement that must expand and intensify if we are to avert collective disaster. * * * # Account I: A Small City A group fluctuating between five and ten people with a banner, a flyer, and a couple of megaphones managed to reroute and lead the largest march I’ve ever seen in the mid-size urban sprawl of [location redacted]. I’m not sure how large the march was; it was definitely massive by local standards, probably in the thousands, an order of magnitude larger than what we saw in 2020, as it completely surrounded a park with a circumference of over three miles. At first, we marched by ourselves on the streets next to Indivisible’s sidewalk marchers, skirting various interactions with peace police telling us to get off the road. “If a crowd is larger than 100 people, we’re allowed to take one lane” worked fine. We gradually assembled a large enough contingent to stop at an intersection, then turned around to march against the direction of the slithering circular sidewalk march. As a consequence, pretty much anyone under 60 (and some brave elders), including many with pro-“Antifa” signs and a couple One Piece flags, wound up taking the streets in a massive angry march that defied protest marshals. Friendly scooters and motorcyclists spontaneously protected the rear. We stopped at intersections to deliver our messaging over the megaphones and invite the crowd to follow up with us by attending an event we had organized ahead of time (see flyer). Marching through downtown with little to no police presence, having left the peace police behind us, even one or two people who had prepared properly could have gotten away with a lot more and perhaps kicked off something historic. But this intervention—the first one in a long time in which I have seen protesters successfully perform something akin to a breakout march—is a harbinger of things to come. The video shows how it started and then how it went. The photos show the flyer we distributed and read over the megaphone and the zine table we set up at the park, minus all the donuts, water, and masks that we distributed.⁩ _A lot of folks seem very hesitant about engaging with people outside of the movement right now. I think that’s a mistake. The fascists have crashed the economy, systematically alienated every demographic except Twitter nazis, and destroyed the legitimacy of federal law enforcement, the media, the Supreme Court, and both political parties. People are furious, scared, and looking for answers. In many ways, it is the ideal environment for anarchists, but we have to be willing to step outside of our comfort zone, openly and proudly advocate for our ideals, and take some risks trusting ordinary people. More importantly, the last nine months have shown that no one is coming to save us. If we don’t rise to meet the moment—not just anarchists, but all the dispossessed people who oppose fascism—it could very well cost us our lives._ _That’s why I went to the rally. I wanted to let other rebels know that they aren’t alone, that there are other ways to resist besides toothless liberal marches, that we don’t need to wait for permission from some national organization to take action._ * * * # Account II: A Large Town I attended the No Kings rally here because comrades had helped organize it, and because it was the best local space I could imagine for meeting other people who want to organize, resist, and fight back. 50501 is basically just a meme backed up by some signal threads and facebook groups. It’s extremely diverse politically and many anarchist and communist friends have been involved locally and in the statewide “structure.” I literally don’t know what it means to say that a network this loose works with police or Democrats; that just means that some figures within it (whether important or minor) have done so, but that doesn’t reflect a collective agreement endorsing that behavior. Under these circumstances, I think we should avoid generalized accusations, and instead just push the political average away from police collaboration or dependence on the Democrats. The risks were close to nil. A lot of paranoid rumors spread in the days beforehand; comrades worked to debunk those and to reassure those new to political activity, who were the real targets of the rumor mill. It’s clear that fear is our biggest obstacle right now, more than actual repression, violence, or drama. I saw an elderly friend who experienced a decade of federal harassment because she had been friends with some of the Green Scare indictees; she never really recovered and doesn’t go out to political things very often, as a result of the trauma and fear. She was overjoyed to be at this event, and participated in the illegal breakaway march with us and perhaps 400 other people. She was trying to come up with new chants and was chatting happily with me close to the front of the march. I think it would have been better for comrades to have come not just with handbills and radical zines, but also with banners and tools to make the march more confident and capable. Given how much energy there was, even this large crowd, excited but also fearful, would have probably been excited to take more steps towards militancy, with small things like chalk and fireworks. As it happened, it was decisive that some people brought their own mobile sound system, separate from the one used by the official speakers. * * * # Account III: A Small Town At the first No Kings rally in our town, in June 2025, a bloc of anarchists and other anti-authoritarians started at a different location further down the famous local strip and marched past the No Kings rally in a funeral procession with a casket for Donald Trump. That intervention was a great success, drawing about a hundred people from the crowd at City Hall to the Federal Building, one of the only targets here that is actually tied to the regime in Washington, DC. The Federal Building was heavily guarded by DHS agents who had been put on high alert after an action a few weeks earlier in which someone apparently used a sharpie marked to tag “Fuck ICE” on a glass door. Because of that intervention, the local Democrat front group that runs the liberal 50501 nonprofit protests moved from the historic strip (a two-lane one-way highway that is very easy to block traffic on) to a park on the West Side pushed up against an eight-lane highway. In 2020, liberals wanting to avert the possibility of a march after the murder of George Floyd also held a vigil at this park, though fortunately, local high-schoolers made their own intervention in response. It was clear to the anarchists and street punks that it was a counter-insurgent effort intended to limit our ability to get out onto the streets. Following up on the success of the performance art the first time around, people dreamed up another idea of how to intervene. The plan was to construct a King Donald Trump puppet that would demand protesters stay on the sidewalk and do nothing to actually threaten his regime—until a lone jester would lead a rebellion of serfs smashing and destroying the puppet. Unfortunately, the threat of severe thunderstorms and tornado-strength winds in our region undermined this plan and at the last minute, people had to plan a more militant intervention. About a dozen anarchists, punks, and other radicals gathered at the park on October 18 with the plan to take one or two lanes of the highway and then swing back to the park through the quiet residential streets nearby. According to subsequent reports, around 2000 people gathered at the park and lined the sidewalk down both sides of the highway. The energy and morale of the crowd was low. Despite being supposedly funded by billionaires, the liberals had brought no megaphones, were leading no chants, and had no music in their hearts. We began to march around the park, gathering a crowd of about forty people chanting and singing. People sang Bella Ciao as well as a local hymn made up for the last No King rally intervention that goes “No Kings! No Masters! No old fascist bastards! No Kings! No Masters! No old fascist bastards! No Kings! No Masters! No old fascist bastards! String’em up by their feet, let the buzzards eat That old fascist bastard!” After a few laps around the park, we made the decisive breakout onto the highway with a banner from the time Donald Trump came to Southern Illinois in 2018. It reads “All Ways Closed to Fascism!”—a play on the city motto. About forty people quickly took two lanes of traffic, tightly blocking both lanes. A police car followed us and very few people joined from the crowd, but many cheered us on. We made our way up the highway before swinging back onto residential streets where most people came out of their houses and cheered us on. As we made our approach back to the park to conclude the joyous and militant march, two geezers in high-visibility vests jumped out trying to block the march, filming us and alleging that we were ICE agents because we wore masks. One of the old men even grabbed the face of one of the banner holders. People shouted anti-fascist chants over them, drowning them out. The march returned safely to the park. Many people came and thanked us for the chants, the music, and even “the excitement.” While the liberal organizers made themselves red in the face about our intervention, we went on our merry way. While this may not be as exciting as militant inventions or actions in the big cities, we must push the movement as far as we can anywhere and everywhere. To sit home denouncing and decrying would have been a mistake. Many good people who have no other idea how to fight went to this event. Hopefully, our act meant something to people, and the people we met there will feel more capable of rising to the occasion when things escalate. * * * # A Few Questions with Anarchists around the Country **Why did you attend the No Kings rally?** When people gather in public to express dissent, that’s a space worth occupying and radicalizing. Showing up means making sure the message of total liberation is not erased by liberal talking points. * * * My comrades and I figured that there would be a lot of people using the No Kings march to confront ICE in our city. We were hoping that there would be enough chaos that cops would lose control of the situation and people would remember how we were in June and lose some of the pervasive fear that’s seems to have sunk in across the city. * * * Broadly speaking, I agreed with the CrimethInc. proposal. I think it’s important for us (anarchists and anti-authoritarians more broadly) to have a visible street presence again. We spent many years experimenting with various approaches to being more or less visible, and it seems clear to me now that we need to be _recognizable_ without being _targetable._ * * * The crew I’m part of mostly didn’t go to the rally, at least not as a bloc within the march. The No Kings rally that was called in downtown here was planned from 8 to 10 am—extremely early—but let out directly into an all-day-long multicultural festival “Tucson Meet Yourself” with thousands of people, food trucks, local advocacy orgs, and families. That’s where I showed up with a backpack of zines and a couple hundred leaflets pertinent to Anti-ICE mobilizing and anti-authoritarianism. A few of us wrote and risographed them yesterday. * * * I attended the No Kings rally to distribute propaganda—both to challenge the more liberal narratives around how it is appropriate to respond to the current moment and to invite people with similar political goals into conversation with our movement. I also brought the goal of bringing a conflictual edge to the demo. **No Kings, 50501, and the Indivisible movement espouse liberal politics. They work with police and the Democratic Party. How did you reconcile yourself with that?** I didn’t go to endorse their politics, I went to confront the limits of their politics. Anarchists don’t need to wait for perfect conditions or perfect comrades to act. Being present in liberal spaces can open up moments in which people start to see that the state and its enforcers won’t save them. I see this as engagement, not alignment. * * * We went there as autonomous individuals to engage with a mass movement against fascism, not to argue with the liberal organizers who told everyone to stay on the sidewalk. Many of the people showing up to these protests are not ideologically committed to legalism or pacifism; they just see those as the only game in town. I believe it’s our job to agitate among the rank and file for real resistance. Just because twelve people with a logo and a social media account claim the authority to tell everyone else at an event what to do doesn’t mean we have to listen. I don’t think there’s any contradiction to reconcile. We show up, we stand by our values, we try to get other people to join us, and we make these orgs irrelevant. * * * I’m pretty comfortable using liberal events to create splinter actions. It’s a tried-and-true tactic and this felt no different. Large rallies draw out a lot of comrades who are looking for something more radical, so it’s good to be there to find them. It seems that we’re in a holding pattern in which the fascists are slowly rolling out martial law and people are too afraid to do anything because they think that could make it worse. But I think it’s important to heighten the contradictions and draw the state to overreach in order to spark the sort of widespread rage capable of genuinely confronting the state. * * * These boomers just want someone to talk to. We avoided the organizers and went where the most people would be. There were lots of empty stations at the folklife festival where vendors had closed early or never arrived. We tried to set up in a booth for the “Pima County Association of Governments” to be funny, but the guy who was running it showed up, so we just moved to another empty booth and made a sign that said “Anarchist Polemical Writing for a LOW PRICE.” The stuff was all free. **Some online commenters have described it as “dangerous” to attend public rallies. What do you think the risks were?** There’s always risk when you challenge power… cops, surveillance, reactionaries, or doxxing. But hiding doesn’t make us safer. We can minimize harm through mutual support, good security culture, and situational awareness, but risk is part of the reality of resistance. * * * I’m not sure it felt that risky to me. Los Angeles maybe has a different landscape than red states for this, but I knew we’d be facing LAPD, not ICE and possible federal charges (which are riskier, though in Los Angeles they are generally not as risky as many think). With thousands of liberals around to provide cover, this felt like one of the safer actions going on in Los Angeles at the moment. Definitely safer than confronting ICE during a raid. * * * What the hell are people talking about it being “dangerous” for anarchists to be at No Kings? It’s dangerous for us NOT to be there. * * * Of course it’s dangerous. The regime is clearly stating its desire to crush our movement and jail, kill, or deport anyone who stands in their way. Taking action against the regime in any way, even symbolically, entails an increased risk of surveillance, police violence, and repression. However, my belief is that the risks of not participating right now are even greater. The only barrier to how far the fascists are willing to go is our resistance, and if we lose, they intend to kill us. We need to get out of the mindset of seeing danger as something that we can choose and recognize that, whether we like it or not, we are locked in a struggle for our survival. * * * Pshh, that’s just social anxiety. I expected that we would get kicked out for stealing a booth, but we were allowed to stay all day. In the case that we were kicked out, we planned to just move to another part of the festival, take another booth, or distribute zines on foot. Lots of people want to talk about revolutionary anti-state politics right now. It felt good to show up as “ourselves,” explicitly putting anarchist ideas in front of people and seeing who is willing to engage. * * * In this case, being in a city that already has had attempted federal troop deployment and is swarming with the human garbage that work for ICE, I personally felt extremely apprehensive. Mass surveillance is real and it is bad. Given the context, however, I felt like basic security practices like masking were sufficient. Time will tell if that is true. The people I was with were mostly using this as an opportunity to be visible. No one planned on doing anything beyond being a part of the march, which informed our decisions. Some people didn’t mask, some people were in full bloc, some people somewhere in between. * * * I knew that attending the rally meant the unlikely risk of arrest or brutalization at the hands of the police or violence from the far right. But the biggest risk actually was not in regards to my personal safety, but that we would be unsuccessful in having an impact on the crowd or at reaching other people who are disgruntled with the Trump administration and the liberal responses to it. **What do you think you accomplished?** I had a lot of good conversations with people who were sympathetic to what we were doing, but I think the most promising thing was just how many people joined us in the streets once we demonstrated that it was possible. Even some of the peace police were cheering from the sidewalks! One older woman from the suburbs fell while marching in the street, and when we helped her up and asked if she wanted us to help her back to the sidewalk she refused. “I marched in the streets against the war in Vietnam, and I want to be in the streets now.” I also spoke with some young people after the fact who were super energized by the experience and looking for various ways to stay involved. The usual line adopted by many authoritarian protest orgs (both liberal and Leninist) is that unpermitted street protests are too dangerous for elders or children, that they inherently alienate “the masses” who aren’t ready for such big revolutionary steps as walking in the street without permission. It was good to experience a reminder of how completely false that is. * * * Other activists and advocacy groups were open to us being there. Surprisingly, that included “Humane Borders”—the absent humanitarian group whose booth we had taken over. At one point, one of their members stopped by our table to ask who we were. We were transparent with her that we just wanted to distribute free anarchist literature there, since this table wasn’t getting used otherwise. “Since Humane Borders didn’t show up, we’re here for No Borders!!! And we all hate ICE!” At first, she seemed confused by our antics, but she came around later to say that her group was happy we were using their table! * * * I found it promising that there are clearly people oriented towards militant street action that are unknown to us. I’m particularly thinking of the crews of kids bloc’ed up with Mexican flags. * * * What felt most promising to me was seeing fifty or so rowdy people, many of whom were total strangers, continue gathering defiantly in the street after the marshals repeatedly told them to go home. They clearly felt unsatisfied by the liberals leading the march and were visibly energized by what the anarchists had to say and the energy they were bringing to the demonstration, even when it became clear that we were attracting the ire of both the organizers and the police alike. We saw people inspired by and attracted to revolutionary messaging. * * * Some comrades were able to draw a large crowd of around a thousand people from the No Kings rally at City Hall to the detention center with a loud mobile speaker and some yellow protest marshal vests. The crowd at MDC was really energized by that, and there were some skirmishes with the cops, though nothing too ambitious. Everyone was very _fuck the police,_ and people asked to hear Boosie’s “Fuck the Police” about seven times. At one point, about a hundred people were line-dancing to Payaso de Rodeo, which was really fun, and there was a whole dance-off to a Monterrey tribal set. I think the cops could tell they were losing control of the situation, because right after the line dancing, they brought out the horses and got really aggressive about clearing the intersection. * * * We set up a number of tables laden with hundreds of zines, posters, and stickers. One of the event volunteers approached us, a little wary, and asked what we were up to. I told her we were just a few individuals trying to share ideas and open conversation. Her energy shifted from skeptical to genuinely curious. By the end, she was smiling, asking questions, and walking away with a handful of zines. **What do you wish you had seen at No Kings that, in retrospect, you could have helped to contribute yourself?** More autonomous presence, more banners, skill shares, art, spontaneous chants not run through the “approved” mic. Spaces where people could talk freely without a stage telling them what “safe” activism looks like. * * * Our propaganda encourages direct action and political experimentation. The flyers all have a QR code for an “announcements” signal thread that posts upcoming antiauthoritarian events, our own marches, and the like. But we don’t have a specific upcoming event on our calendar this month which invites public participation, for example, we haven’t made a call for the formation of a citywide assembly. Those kind of things are yet to be organized. * * * I would have liked for us to be able to do a more coordinated distribution of propaganda so we could have had more conversations with people. There aren’t very many of us, which makes it tough to have people move together. I think that being slightly more targeted in our outreach rather than simply giving fliers and zines to whoever will take them would probably benefit us in the future. * * * I wish I had seen more spectacular presentations of our political messaging—whether banner drops, wheatpasting, flags or effigies on fire, or something else. In hindsight, it is clear that the march was simply a massive spectacle that was a “fun afternoon” for many liberals. Putting an anarchist twist on this to make our presence as visible as possible to others could have been somewhat promising for us and motivating for others there, if done at the right moments in the right contexts. Additionally, at many different points, anarchists could have made an effort to be at the front of the march with large, reinforced banners and a megaphone to challenge the organizers’ messaging and image, and potentially even start a breakaway march at or near the end of the route with those who did not feel finished marching or were looking for other avenues to express their political frustrations. * * * I wish we had prepared more ways for folks to follow up after the fact. We distributed fliers for a future Anti-ICE event widely, but a lot of folks wanted more direct ways to plug in, and we didn’t really have a way to do that beyond sharing Signal user names, which isn’t ideal. In the future, we hope to get a local Events Calendar up and running that will allow folks to plug in to less high risk events, and maybe a link to a telegram channel or admins-only Signal thread would be good as well. * * * Primarily, I feel that if there had been another crew of people doing splinter marches, they could have snaked through downtown or onto a freeway, and that would have split the cops’ forces and the detention center site probably would have really gone off, which would have been a huge win for the anti-ICE movement right now. I have been thinking about what it means that we wait for these big lib orgs to organize mass actions so we can hijack them, and how much we lose by being dependent on them for that. At the same time, doing that work ourselves takes a ton of energy and coalition building that draws away from tenant union work and base-building organizing, so it never seems like the best use of time. But still, I’m wondering if there’s a way to change that dynamic.
crimethinc.com
October 25, 2025 at 11:59 PM
Morocco: The Gen Z 212 Uprising : An Interview
Beginning with the toppling of the president of Sri Lanka in 2022 and the 2024 uprising in Bangladesh, a new revolutionary ferment has begun to spread around the world, gaining momentum with the uprising in Indonesia in August 2025 and the insurrection in Nepal in September. Since then, fierce protests have broken out in Peru, the Philippines, Madagascar, Morocco, and elsewhere. For more insight into the different forms that this wave of activity is assuming in different parts of the world, we spoke with two participants in the Gen Z 212 movement in Morocco. * * * **First, who are we speaking with? Share whatever is safe to tell us about who you are, what you’re doing, and where you are positioned in Moroccan society and social movements.** We are Yousra and Qamar, feminist activists based in Casablanca. Qamar is also starting a university teaching job and Yousra works at an office job in Kénitra. We are both invested in a feminist and queer network that spans the entire country. The network mainly acts as a series of bases for material solidarity and collective help, a platform of politicization and mobilization as well as advocacy. While Qamar was active during the 2011 uprising, Yousra was a little young for that. In addition to participating in the organizing platform and the demonstrations, we currently work on getting legal and medical help during this insurrection. Before answering the rest of the questions, we want to make some disclaimers. This insurrection is very recent and anyone claiming to have a clear reading or analysis of what’s going on—even as close as we are to the events—is lying. **How do you understand what is happening in Morocco right now? Can you give us some background on the uprising?** What is happening right now is the natural consequence of a series of catastrophic political decisions made by a system that is fundamentally against the people. For context, Morocco is a country with very intense class violence and differences, a moribund public sector (hospitals, schools, and other such institutions) and an impoverished middle class. On top of this, the biggest age group of the county is young people, and more than a third of us are unemployed. When you do find a job as a young person, it’s often a non-registered job, which does not grant you access to the very thin welfare system. Yet this country, under deep stress and with no public services, is supposed to host the 2025 African Cup and 2030 World Cup. As the chant goes, “You built stadiums and forgot the people of Al-Haouz.” Camps in Morocco. Stadiums in Morocco. A few things triggered the movement. First of all, as has been said many times, eight women died in Agadir during C-section operations in the same hospital in just one month. This led to the first demonstrations against the World Cup, demanding better health services. Then, there was the opening and flaunting of a new high-tech football stadium on the two-year anniversary of the Al-Haouz earthquake near Marrakech, where a lot of the victims who lost their houses are still living in tents and camps. That’s how much they don’t care. This clearly showed the priority of the state and while the people were shocked by these politics, the propaganda machines were yapping about certain cultural objects that they managed to classify as Moroccan at UNESCO. As if we cared about it! So we coined a new term for this chauvinistic fascist and aesthetic nationalism that refuses to see what’s going on in our country: “Zlayji,” in reference to the Zellige that they cared so much about. Finally, there was the temporary liberation of the leader of the Rif Hirak movement of 2017, Nasser Zefzafi. He is the leader of the pacifist Riffi movement (the Riffi are the Amazigh of the north region, named for the Rif mountains) that demanded less exclusion and a better access to hospitals, education, and jobs. Nasser Zefzafi is currently serving 20 years in prison and refuses to sign documents to accept the Royal Grace, which would grant him freedom in exchange for “public apologies for inciting a separatist movement.” He was temporarily freed for his father’s funeral and people were very moved by his speech. Those of us from Gen Z were really young when the Rif movement happened, so when dozens of videos of the 2017 movement circulated, we understood that they were fighting for the same cause as us and decided to take inspiration from this movement. Today, we scream for the liberation of Zefzafi and all the Riffi protesters from every city in Morocco. The Rif movement in Morocco. And when all seemed dark here, our screens started to fill with images, videos, and articles of the Nepal revolution. It’s safe to say that without Nepal, the Moroccan youth would not have risen up like we did. So when the first protest from the medical corps in Agadir erupted, people started to organize. That was two weeks before the first demonstrations of September 27-28. We started organizing mainly through Discord, which previously was used mostly for video games or to work on group projects for school or university. We also kept making videos and content on other platforms like TikTok and Instagram to get the people to join the Discord organizing platform. This offered anonymity and decentralization. I joined in the early days when the Discord was at just 1000 members; today, it’s more than 200,000. It was mostly started by disenfranchised young people, students, young adults who can’t find a job etc. to organize simultaneous demonstrations in all the cities and towns of the country. Before the demonstrations, we started talking in open debates about how to organize (centralized versus decentralized, pacifist versus “violent,” whether to create a quote-unquote organization or not) and inviting Moroccan journalists specialized in corruption as well as people who participated in 20 February (the name of the 2011 uprising in Morocco). As for the key demands, they have always been clear: better hospitals and education, the end of corruption and of the 2030 World Cup, more jobs, and the fall of our government and rich elites. It is important to note that the current prime minister is one of the richest men in Morocco. He is a billionaire (in US dollars) and is responsible for escalating the water crisis in our country when he introduced a plan to… plant watermelon and avocados in the desert. Many rural areas do not have access to clean water, but the plan has not been reformed and readers in France or Spain can eat these watermelons and avocados whenever they please. Although the demand for the fall of the government was always present, it became more and more important as the repression got more intense. From the first days, dozens and then hundreds of innocent and pacifist people were taken to preventive detention, including even parents with kids. We were beaten up with insane violence and hatred; some women had their hijabs forcibly removed. On the fourth day, the police ran over people in Oujda, leaving a young man in critical condition. The next day, in Agadir, people were shot with real bullets, including minors. There were three martyrs and a dozen wounded just from the bullets. In Marrakech, they came out with tanks and took almost half the young people in the city to preventive detention. Some were released, but some are still awaiting trial, facing the threat of up to 20 years in prison. All of this is justified by the state’s propaganda machines in the absence of a free press. Photograph by Yassine Toumi. **What are the different forces that contend within and against the movement?** The forces inside the movement are varied. It’s mostly disenfranchised young people, but also people who are disappointed not only in all the political parties but also all of the organizations and associations. The mobilization is mainly driven by informal networks. As it is a large-scale movement, these are competing in every context, regarding cultural conservatism, for instance, or collaboration with other organizations or parties, but everything is discussed in the Discord. The most conservative side is not winning, for now, though, due to the government’s ridiculous attempts to redirect attention to the “promotion of homosexuality,” which did not work. We expected support from the ultras (the football fan groups who are often perceived as the voice of the people) in particular, but unfortunately, they did not turn out in large numbers. As for the political parties, several left-wing and Islamist parties attempted to ride the wave by giving tons of interviews and drawing a lot of attention to themselves during the demonstrations. This was very poorly received by the Genz212 group, who saw it as an attempt to hijack the movement—especially since afterwards, they all made a big deal out of a few burned cars and said very little about the victims on the demonstrators’ side. The young people of Adl w al ihsan (a peaceful Salafist group that is very active in support of Palestine) also started marching with us (especially in Marrakech and Tangier, for example), but again, this frightened many people, as they are in negotiations with the state to become an official party, and we were still afraid of being used. The recent national demonstrations on the two-year anniversary of the operation “Al-Aqsa Flood” took place with the people and collective leading the march; these were an opportunity to make our movement better understood by the other groups that mobilized. State forces repressing the nationwide demonstrations in solidarity with Palestine this year. A lot of people have asked about the role of the king of Morocco in these events. One reason for the immediate and blind violence of the state could be that the royal transition will take place soon and they intend to crown a prince who is not even 23 years old. This period is extremely scary and fragile for the regime. The national motto of Morocco might be “Allah, the Country, the King,” but the importance of these terms in the eyes of the state is reversed. The biggest taboos in Morocco are 1) the king 2) the country (i.e., the issue of Western Sahara) 3) the religion. The organizing platform has offered a way to talk about all these issues without getting kicked out. The movement is not against the monarchy but allows itself to criticize and ridicule the king and his powers, which is unacceptable in the eyes of the state. When our numbers exploded and we were faced with police repression, those structural questions were naturally relegated outside the main group chats. After the massive propaganda we faced justifying the actions of the police, people were quick to defend the movement and to remind the public that we went into the streets to demand basic rights, not regime change. Due to fear, our numbers dropped and some demonstrators asked for the king to intervene to get rid of the government and stop the madness. But at that time, people in the streets keep refusing to sing chants in his honor or pray for his healing as we have been asked to. Last Friday, on October 10, the king made a speech but did not fire the government nor truly acknowledge the demonstrations. This is considered a temporary failure and we are currently regrouping to find other ways to be heard. A protest in solidarity with Palestine. Rabat, Morocco, October 5, 2025. Photograph by Issam Chorrib. **Can you describe how things stand with the Moroccan occupation of Western Sahara right now?** The majority of Sahrawi refugees live in Tindouf, in the Algerian Sahara, which is organized into camps according to the towns that the refugees are from. This is also the base of the Polisario Front. The Polisario Front is the principal political and military actor of the Sahrawi struggle; at the same time, it has received opposition and criticism from Sahrawi people since the beginning of the 2000s. It’s important to note that it did not grant security or a democratic framework in Tindouf. The 1991 ceasefire that ended the previous war was declared broken by the Polisario Front in November 2020 following a Moroccan military operation near the town of Guerguerat. This ceasefire granted control to Morocco over 80% of the territory and 20% to the Polisario. Since 2020, the Polisario Front occasionally claims to target Moroccan positions along the Berm. The reality is that Moroccan military drones frequently target the other 20%. Though claiming to target Polisario fighters, these drones often strike civilians from the population that was forced to flee to Tindouf. As far as this relates to our movement, one of the first subjects that we discussed was how the annexation of Sahara did not give us anything except more censorship and policing. The Moroccan side proposes an autonomy plan as part of the Constitution for the Sahara—but what law or Constitution are we talking about if police drive their cars over activists? We have also discussed the growing fear of a conflict. If they are beating us up now, will they really expect us to “defend the borders” if needed? Demonstrations take place in the Sahara under intense police surveillance. This has been applauded by the Polisario Front without any real contact with the movement. Some media have also accused us of being in contact with them, which is obviously false. Photograph by Yassine Toumi. **Can you tell a story from your personal experience that captures the spirit of these protests?** The stories are not joyful. We mostly demonstrate in Casablanca, one or two times in Rabat or Kénitra. The first days, it was mainly facing police brutality. I use the word police loosely; it includes all the repressive forces on the streets, such as the Royal Gendarmerie and the State Security Forces. I noticed that they have two main techniques: the first one is to charge to disperse any type of unity and then they come at us and start fighting us two on one or four on one, just like street fights but worse. We immediately started to think about friends and comrades being taken away. We knew that there would be repression, but not like this. Some comrades went in front of the Court of Justice to try to see the detainees and offer legal assistance—and they were detained as well. Then there was the shock of seeing people being driven over or shot at and we started working to help out. After the three martyrs fell, they started reducing the police forces, except the ones dressed as civilians. Instead, they park the police in the rich neighborhoods and in front of the banks. People have used this opportunity to develop other tools, like boycotting and hacking. **We have read about the “Gen Z 212 collective” in news reports. Could you share what you know about their background? What has their role been in the protests?** Gen Z 212 is the platform and the name of our movement. It’s the name of the Discord. For protests, it acts as a catalyst, each city or town has chat rooms where we decide where the demonstrations should be. Recently, we have also been organizing to help the detainees and wounded. We vote on almost everything. And there are often check-ups on the admins. Photograph by Issam Chorrib. **How much do participants in the movement in Morocco understand yourselves as part of a global movement? What tactics, ways of organizing, and aspirations have people in Morocco drawn on from movements in other parts of the world?** The name Gen Z and the tactics (decentralized digital organizing, meme culture, decentralized calls to action, occupation and sit-in tactics) intentionally place Morocco’s movement in conversation with global youth uprisings (Indonesia, Peru, Nepal, Madagascar, etc.). Many times, we have referenced global solidarity and learned tactics such as rapid decentralized coordination, open-source secure communications, and symbolic direct action. What happened in Nepal enabled many young Moroccans to become conscious of what can be possible. To this day, we still make video clips connecting our demonstrations and the ones in Nepal. The global comparison helps with narrative framing and solidarity, but the movement’s lived demands are rooted in domestic social services, economic precarity, and accountability. Before this movement (and still today), we have been a little hesitant about considering “young people” as a political actor, as this erases class differences—that’s probably why it’s so popular among NGOs. But it remains true that the living conditions have been getting worse globally, and that the freedom of information and speech offered by the internet—the anonymity and resources it makes available—are possibly the strongest weapon of the century. It’s not as if this was not present before, namely in 2011, but today the relationship we have with it and our ways of engaging with it are different. Finally, regarding the Moroccan context—though this is something that echoes events in a lot of countries following decolonization—in the 1970s and ’80s, there were very powerful movements in the streets and radical leftist organizations, as well as riots due to famine. The response of the state under the previous king, Hassan II, was to put people in mass graves, large-scale secret prisons, and torture chambers. This left the previous generation in traumatic fear, so that the word “demonstrations” is worse than cursing Allah. We are the first generation that did not live under Hassan II or in the brutal period called “The Years of Lead.” It is vital to understand this in order to have a beginning of an analysis of what these demonstrations mean to the people of Morocco. Photograph by Mosa’ab Elshamy. **Morocco experienced protests in 2011 during the Arab Spring. Unlike in Tunisia, Egypt, and Libya, this did not lead to the fall of the regime. In 2018 and 2019, another wave of protests swept through the Arab world, beginning in Algeria and Sudan. How do the protests of 2011 and 2019 inform today’s events? What feels different about this wave?** The Genz212 movement sees and portrays itself as the continuation of the 2017 Rif Movement, the 2011 February 20 uprising, and even makes some references to the demonstrations and riots under Hassan II, as well as the unions and student organizations such as Ila al Amam (i.e., Marxism-Leninism). One of the main reasons is that nothing has really changed since 2011; the freedom that was gained was stripped away. Either the participants agreed to work for the state or they eventually went to jail or exile. The Moroccan Arab Spring started by addressing the political issues of a repressive system while the Rif movement and our movement started by making demands regarding material conditions; now we are trying to formulate political criticism of the reasons we cannot have hospitals and schools. Some of the main differences are also the age of the participants and catalyzers of the movement, who are way younger in the Genz212 movement, not to mention a less moderated/regulated means of organizing. What we always say is that, unlike the previous uprisings and previous generations, we won’t back down. The Arab Spring in Morocco. **Earlier this year, there were mass protests in Morocco in response to the genocide taking place in Gaza. There were also protests in rural villages earlier this summer. Were these part of the buildup of momentum that led to this uprising? How do they shape the situation?** There were a lot of fragmented and localized protests in Morocco this year regarding working conditions, involving farmers, teachers, and doctors who were quickly repressed and dispersed. But these served as a build-up, a reason to mobilize, and a local mobilization force. As for the Gaza solidarity mobilizations and actions like the port blockades or boycotts earlier in 2025, these built organizational knowledge, networks of mobilizers, and trust between activists, students, and certain unions. For example, port workers were on strike for a few days during our mobilization. Those actions also normalized large gatherings, direct action, and people documenting large protests that were ignored by the official media, as well as strengthening the infrastructure of free legal support. **What would victory look like?** In the short term, victory would be the fall of our government, accountability for the criminal police/auxiliary forces/royal gendarmerie, cancelling the 2030 World Cup and allocating its budget for hospitals, schools and the salaries of the workers in those institutions, and finally, breaking the normalization ties with the Zionist State. These are our urgent demands. In the long term, because we know it’s not that easy, it would mean dismantling the system that produced this situation and compelled more than a quarter of the population to flee the country even in the absence of an active war. It would be the end of a monarchy that maintains the right of life and death over the people and a monopoly on dozens of sectors of our economy, while lavishing in the world’s most beautiful palaces. It would be the self-determination of the people, starting with our brothers and sisters in the Sahara—and putting an end to the obviously fabricated rivalry with Algeria, which just serves as a means to control and oppress both peoples, who were always one. It would be the end of a racist neocolonial system that grants everything to white foreigners and subjects the people of West Africa to racial profiling and marginalization. It would mean the end of collaboration with the West and other foreign empires in their crimes. It would be the end of a surveillance system that knows everything about everybody and makes us live in fear. It would be true and transparent accountability, justice, and compensation regarding the crimes against humanities committed under this rule and the previous king, Hassan II. It would be the end of an economic system based on patronage and affinity among the elites, in which a few have huge monopolies on our economy while the rest of us work for them and reimburse them whenever we buy milk, sugar or gas. It would be the end of this system that we call “makhzen.” It would be a place where people truly have dignity and freedom. I guess it would be another country, the one we deserve. **What can people outside of Morocco do to support anti-authoritarian activists there?** For anyone in Europe, it’s important to know that historically, after all movements and insurrections in Morocco, there are huge waves of exile, no matter the outcome. The state opens the borders to get rid of those who are considers undesirable and people flee mostly to Europe. They did this after the 2017 Rif movement, for example. One way you can help is to fight fascism where you are and to organize with people who arrive without papers so that they can arrive safely. Besides that: BOYCOTT THE 2025 AFRICAN CUP BOYCOTT THE 2030 WORLD CUP These events have the blood of our comrades all over them. BOYCOTT TOURISM IN MOROCCO And empower the voices of the protesters here and of our allies in the diaspora who have more room to speak up. Thank you! ✊ Photograph by Mosa’ab Elshamy. **To conclude, can you recommend sources for people to learn more about the movement?** You can view the Gen Z 212 Discord here. You can also consult the YouTube channel of the Discord to listen to some of our previous discussions and reviews of our actions, as well as conversations with independent journalists about corruption, past revolts in our country, and (more often than not) time in prison or exile. To begin, I recommend listening to our discussions without guests, and for the guests, start with Aboubakr AlJamai. Here, you can listen to one of the rare independent podcasts on Moroccan activism, past revolts, autonomous and grassroots politics, and the like that doesn’t just repeat regime propaganda. “Moroccan Youth” was a telegram group that wanted to start a movement a few weeks before Gen Z 212, but we were risking jail and did not pursue it. A lot of these young people were quick to join the movement. They have been a bit too strict on the issue of pacifism for my taste; ideologies aside, the riots can legitimately be considered self-defense, both in the current movement and in the history of Moroccan revolts as well. But they have been doing a great job covering the movement with some publications in English. This is a page that mainly posts on water issues, one of the best sources on the topic. Recently, they have also been posting about the movement and the socio-economic roots of our demands. Very educational, and it’s in both Arabic and English. You can find another source on the same subject here. This page posted the video and photos of the police shooting that killed three innocent young Moroccans. It usually focuses on the issue of Moroccans and others fleeing the country. Finally, we recommend this documentary about a revolutionary Sahrawi singer.
crimethinc.com
October 25, 2025 at 11:59 PM
We Shut Elbit Down! : Reflections from the Cambridge, Massachusetts Campaign Against Elbit Systems
Elbit Systems is Israel’s largest weapons manufacturer. On September 8, 2021, Elbit announced it would open an “Innovation Center” in Cambridge, Massachusetts for its subsidiary company KMC Systems. The Innovation Center lasted less than three years before activists forced it to close. Last year’s early-lease termination of the KMC office is the first time that activists in the United States have forced Elbit Systems to close a facility. It is also one of the few successes that the US Palestine solidarity movement has achieved since the beginning of the genocide in Gaza in 2023. This anonymously submitted analysis explores the year-long targeted direct action campaign that successfully evicted KMC Systems from Cambridge. * * * # Getting Started On September 8, 2021, Israel’s largest weapons company announced that its subsidiary KMC Systems was opening an “Innovation Center” in the heart of downtown Cambridge. KMC Systems (henceforth referred to as its parent company, Elbit) explained the new facility as part of the company’s anticipated growth. Starting their expansion in Cambridge put the company within walking distance of its “top talent” recruitment pools of Harvard and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT). While the city’s mayor gleefully cut Elbit’s red ribbon, activists took note. But they didn’t strike immediately. In nearby Somerville, many Palestine solidarity organizers had their hands full pressuring Puma to end its contract with the Israel Football Association. Others were quietly preparing to publish an interactive research project tracking Zionist collaboration across Massachusetts, known as The Mapping Project. Over a year passed before a protest was organized against Elbit, following the deadly raid that the Israel Defense Forces (IDF) perpetrated against the Jenin refugee camp in January 2023. In December 2021, BDS Boston demonstrators forced Puma to temporarily shut down their outlet store. Days later, a crowd of 300 people gathered at Cambridge City Hall and marched two blocks to disrupt the Innovation Center at 130 Bishop-Allen Drive. As the three-story building was surrounded by a sea of Palestinian flags, several dozen activists stormed the downstairs lobby. Keycard access-only elevators prevented activists from reaching the second floor where Elbit rented space. Instead, organizers gave speeches against the weapons company, disrupted work for the first-floor tenant, and left before police could carry out arrests. The march continued unimpeded to the nearby MIT campus. Months later, in April 2023, organizers called the first rally specifically singling out Elbit. A few dozen activists met up, marched through the street to the office, and yelled outside. A few weeks later, a May 15 Nakba Day rally-turned-march stopped at the Elbit facility. This time, someone spray-painted “Land Back” across the building before slipping back into the march. Sensing what might be coming, Elbit attempted to obscure its presence. After the two consecutive protests, it removed the KMC Systems logo from view and tinted the office windows. Too late. That spring, an activist group called BDS Boston declared a campaign to evict Elbit from Cambridge. They started by canvassing the businesses around Central Square where Elbit was located. By their third canvass, every business in the vicinity had been reached. Many were sympathetic; a few offered to display informational leaflets condemning their neighbor. Two blocks from the office, a popular Palestinian coffeehouse prominently displayed the flier at the register. One can only hope it spoiled the lunch break of at least one Elbit employee. From April to October 2023, BDS Boston regularly canvassed the surrounding block. Often a few people, sometimes as many as twenty, would gather outside Elbit during the weekday and hand leaflets to passersby with information about the weapons company in their backyard. This early activity wasn’t confrontational, but it established a visual presence and routine of frequency that would be important in the months to come. Early canvassing efforts were also supported by the Filipino group Malaya Movement. In August, the group filed a policy order in the Cambridge City Council to support the Philippine Human Rights Act. In it was a clause condemning Elbit’s war crimes in the Philippines. The Cambridge City Council voted to remove all mention of Elbit. By early fall, messages such as “War criminals work at 130 Bishop-Allen Drive” and “Elbit out of Cambridge now!” were graffitied on sidewalks throughout the wealthy neighborhoods near the office, generating minor chatter on local Reddit threads. Elbit removed the address of its Cambridge facility from its website in October 2023. Activists publicized the information themselves. # October 7, 2023 On October 7, 2023, the siege on Gaza was momentarily broken when 3000 militants led by the al-Qasam brigades overpowered the Zionist occupation by sea, in the air, and above and below the ground. The world was shocked; many anticipated the escalation in violence from the Israeli military that followed immediately after. An urgent momentum pulsed through the international Palestine movement. Demonstrations erupted everywhere. In Boston, hundreds of people took the streets in support of the resistance. One of the first major rallies in Boston focused on Elbit. Within a week, a new group modeled on the British direct action network Palestine Action (and briefly operating under the same name) prevented Elbit workers from accessing their Cambridge office. Before opening hours, three Palestine Action US activists barricaded the door to the building by bike-locking their necks to the door handles. One also dumped red paint across the sidewalk and spray-painted “Shut Elbit Down” on the building. Having successfully deterred the employees, the activists were able to unlock themselves and slip home right under the noses of the bewildered Cambridge police. Within a few hours, anonymous activists vandalized the building again. The walls were spray-painted with anti-Elbit slogans and the keycard machine was smashed. Four days later, anonymous activists hit the building once more, smashing keycard readers and dousing the building in red paint that took weeks to remove. Intercontinental Real Estate, the real estate company that owns the Bishop-Allen building and leased the second floor to Elbit, was targeted a week later. Anonymous activists sprayed red paint across their office and smashed the keycard readers. A local news station was also covered in red paint. During this time, BDS Boston transitioned from canvassing the sidewalk to picketing the office and announcing noise demonstrations. The small-to-medium crowds these regularly drew now brought megaphones and banners. On October 30, Palestine Action called a rally outside of the Elbit office. More than 200 people arrived. Police set up a perimeter of metal barricades around the building and staged officers behind them. The crowd chanted against the police for protecting a weapons company. Several people began pushing through the barricades toward the building. Unprepared, the police panicked. They snatched people from the crowd, tackling them and pepper-spraying wildly. One cop lost his footing on wet leaves and cartoonishly crashed into the sidewalk. Officers openly argued with each other about what to do. Activists de-arrested each other and pushed back against the police; some enthusiastically hurled eggs and smoke pellets at them. Altogether, nine people were arrested on charges ranging from disorderly conduct to assault on an officer. All were released that same evening, and eventually, a judge dismissed all of their charges. # Intercontinental Real Estate, You Can’t Hide! After the October 30 rally, Palestine Action dialed back on the Cambridge Elbit facility. The group called for a protest there on December 14, which was later quietly rescinded. Online, they promoted actions against Elbit Systems of America nationally, pushing people to get organized against the war machine, form affinity groups, and take direct action. In November, the group organized its last public action before disbanding. On November 20, activists descended on the Elbit manufacturing facility in Merrimack, New Hampshire. They bike-locked entrances, smashed glass doors, covered the building in paint, broke the HVAC system, and graffitied “Free Gaza, Fuck Elbit!” Four people were arrested; they ultimately served 40 days in jail and two years on probation. Around Boston, various NGOs and the Democratic Socialists of America made futile appeals to Elizabeth Warren and other members of Congress to endorse a ceasefire. Local chapters of Jewish Voice for Peace and If Not Now briefly mimicked the performative arrest actions of Jewish activists that made headlines in DC and New York City. The Party for Socialism and Liberation wore people out marching outside empty consulate buildings and rallying over the weekends in public parks. Occasionally, unaffiliated activists staged disruptive actions against Boeing, Raytheon, and Boston trucking logistics. Meanwhile, BDS Boston was brainstorming new ways to exert leverage against Elbit. By the end of October, the group launched a tertiary target campaign against the landlord, Intercontinental Real Estate. On social media, BDS Boston published the names, emails, and phone numbers of the three other companies renting space at 130 Bishop-Allen Drive. For the next ten months, the downstairs work-bar and the upstairs architecture firms received emails and phone calls about their neighbor on the second floor. BDS Boston outreach material about Elbit Systems in November 2023. BDS activists were straining the relationships inside the building at the same time they were calling the real estate company themselves. When the landlord’s receptionist started hanging up calls, activists tried a new way to get through to the company. A local tenants union sent organizers into another of Intercontinental’s properties, a luxury apartment complex downtown. Activists canvassed the irritated residents about their landlord, Intercontinental Real Estate CEO “Peter ‘Genocide Profiteer’ Palandjian.” Complaints certainly got back to the company. By the time the tenants union organized a second canvass, private security was there waiting for them. # Does Your Bank Make a KILLING Off Genocide? On January 22, BDS Boston expanded its actions against Elbit to include investor JP Morgan Chase. That day, nearly 200 people marched to the Harvard Square Chase Bank branch. Acting on their own, a few individuals went ahead of the march and disrupted the branch office, yelling anti-Elbit chants and throwing bloodied prop money everywhere. Outside, activists picketed in a long, unbroken circle taking up the whole block. The branch closed for the day. Less than a month later, hundreds of activists shut down a Chase Bank branch in the Jamaica Plain neighborhood of Boston. A handful of people recreated the bloodied-money disruption; others brought rubble and bloodied linens to dump outside the entrance, creating a visual of the company’s investment in Elbit’s genocide. The large crowd blocked entry to the bank until it closed for the day, then shut down traffic in the adjoining intersection, where speakers from Palestinian Youth Movement praised direct actions interrupting the US-Zionist war machine. Others spoke in support of Palestinian armed resistance. JP Morgan Chase’s Form 13F filing with the SEC in May 2024 showed a 70% reduction in Elbit shares held, with its holdings falling from shares worth a total of $54 million to just $16 million. Similar actions recurred a few more times. BDS Boston would announce a branch location, usually drawing over 100 people. As the crowd picketed the location and physically prevented people from accessing the branch, others acted autonomously as they saw fit, usually by throwing prop-money inside the branch or dumping rubble, paint, and bloodied linens at the doorway. Each action succeeded in closing the branch for the day. Only once was someone arrested for allegedly dumping rubble, and that person’s charge was eventually dismissed. # Student Encampments On April 17, 2024, Columbia students took over the lawn in a Student Encampment for Gaza. Police raided them the following day. When Columbia students’ tents sprang back up, they were not alone. Within a week, similar protests erupted across the country. In Boston, students set up camps at Harvard, MIT, Emerson, Boston University, and Northeastern. Days before this “student intifada,” BDS Boston simultaneously disrupted four Chase Bank branches across the city. This was the last of the bank protests until mid-summer, and the penultimate such protest of the whole campaign. Most Palestine organizers were directing their energy to sustaining the camps throughout the city. Disruptions targeting Elbit didn’t pick back up again until the end of May. Riding the energy of the student encampments and the Chase Bank disruptions, picketers began coming out in larger numbers and with greater appetite to take the intersection outside of the Elbit office. At least 50 people repeatedly showed up and blocked cars from turning onto Bishop-Allen Drive, usually resulting in petty pushing matches with otherwise impotent Cambridge police. The protesters always stood their ground. # The Final Push In February, BDS Boston organizers had learned that Elbit employees didn’t have to come to the office on days when there was a protest. Pickets resumed regularly. By early May, the Chase Bank actions had decreased in frequency. JP Morgan Chase SEC filings showed a 70% reduction in Elbit shares, dropping their holdings from $56 Million to $16 Million. Activists kept phone-blitzing the other businesses in Elbit’s building throughout spring and summer. Furious secretaries occasionally relayed the message that the landlord was trying to break the lease with Elbit as soon as possible. Organizers took this as encouragement, but treated it as nothing more than a rumor. If true, it was time to double down against the landlord. In late June, more than 100 people gathered in Harvard Square to do just that. The crowd marched a mile north to the $15 million home of Intercontinental Real Estate CEO Peter Palandjian. Rallying outside the yellow mansion, activists blasted Palandjian for cashing “blood money rent checks” and demanded that he immediately evict Elbit. Annoyed neighbors decried the noisy midday disruption. Activists plastered his street with pictures of his face, captioned: “WANTED FOR CASHING IN ON GENOCIDE. TELL YOUR NEIGHBOR TO EVICT THEIR GENOCIDAL TENANT.” In late June 2024, protesters gathered at the $15 million home of Intercontinental Real Estate Corporation CEO Peter Palandjian, demanding he evict Elbit’s medical subsidiary KMC from its “Cambridge Innovation Center.” In July, BDS Boston and Palestinian Youth Movement called for a week of action. The goal was to increase Boston community engagement with the Elbit campaign, planning something every day of the week. PYM led a Palestine 101 workshop over a kick-off dinner, presenting to over 100 people. The next morning, a crowd shut down the Harvard Square Chase Bank branch from the moment it opened until closing time. Later, PYM hosted a Tatreez workshop, followed by a No Tech for Apartheid teach-in. The following evening, BDS Boston and PYM held an 18-hour picket outside the Elbit office. By day, activists picketed Elbit and chanted in support of the resistance. A People’s University for Palestine teach-in was set up right in the middle of the street. By night, the demonstration became a vigil and memorial for Palestinian martyrs. Only once did an agitator try to disrupt it: one night, a lone man with a sound cart interrupted the vigil with an Arabic-language recording of Zionist propaganda. Activists collectively shouted him down, surrounding him with kuffiyehs and eventually outlasting him. Later, the space was converted again. Activists set out tarps and pillows and got comfortable in the street. They projected _Tell Your Tale Little Bird,_ a documentary about Palestinian women resistance fighters, against the concrete wall of the building. For the whole night, the intersection belonged to the protest. On another night, a few dozen activists returned to the landlord’s house in North Cambridge. Near 2 am, they gathered outside his front yard, banging noisemakers and shouting demands to evict Elbit. As private security chased and attempted to film the protesters, an irate Palandjian stumbled onto the porch, yelling in his underwear. Police surveil Palestine solidarity demonstrators on September 2, 2024. # Elbit Out of Cambridge By the end of the summer, the campaign had gained traction. Direct action against Elbit was a cornerstone of Palestine organizing in Boston. BDS Boston staged weekly pickets outside the office, taking more space and becoming increasingly comfortable pushing back police. Peter Palandijian was growing irritated. The upstairs tenants passed on rumors that most Elbit employees had started to work from home. The office was nearly always vacant. On August 18, the Cambridge Day local news reported the office was empty. Elbit confirmed this publicly: they were gone. A few days later, activists held a march to celebrate. They took over the intersection below the now-empty office on the second floor, where flecks of red paint were still visible under the drawn window shades. Someone adjusted the usual chant “Elbit is not welcome here” to “Elbit is no longer here!” The crowd cheered. Hot-headed police repeatedly threatened to arrest activists, brandishing zip-ties, but the activists were undeterred. Someone got on the megaphone. “You will not hear the word ‘victory’ from BDS Boston’s lips until Elbit Systems is completely dismantled. Until Palestine is completely liberated. Instead, you’ll hear us say: onward.” # Lessons and Reflections The year-long campaign to evict Elbit Systems was animated by four groupings: the independent activist group BDS Boston, the direct action network Palestine Action, the Palestinian community group Palestinian Youth Movement, and anonymously acting individuals and affinity groups. Together, this constellation cut a new path for Palestine solidarity in Boston and for protest in the city in general. This campaign was unique in the Boston Palestine ecosystem. Instead of pandering to city or federal politicians, it focused on impeding a specific unit of the Zionist war economy. The campaign also differed from one-off actions at Boeing and Raytheon sites. Disruptions against Elbit were routine, occurring almost weekly for the better part of year. Leasing office space in a shared building was a particular vulnerability activists were correct in exploiting. The campaign was most led by independent, autonomous groups with strong political lines supporting each other’s tactics. The Elbit campaign rejected symbolic arrests and peace-policing. When people gathered in a crowd—whether of 20 or 200—it was to impede work, not march symbolically. Those who used megaphones praised those who used spray paint cans. This is a meaningful departure from the timid NGO-locomotive that typically drives Boston protests. And it worked. Activists shut down Elbit Systems in October 2023. * * * # What Worked? Here follow some individual reflections on the campaign. ## Early, Repeated Vandalism After October 7, the first actions at the Elbit office were vandalism. The building was graffitied and doused in paint three times in four days. Its keycard reader was smashed, as was the keycard reader at the Intercontinental Real Estate office. A local news station was doused in red paint. These actions occurred frequently—and the police had no leads, with the exception of one person who took public credit for one vandalism (their charges were later dropped by a judge). All of the anonymous vandalism was openly celebrated by the public-facing organs of the Elbit campaign. The October 30 rally immediately followed this slew of paint actions. Predicting more vandalism, the police cordoned off the building with metal fencing and surrounded it. Protesters didn’t accept this turn of events, pushing through the police line and hurling eggs and smoke pellets at police. This was a major departure from the docile rallies Cambridge police had come to expect—and it showed in their aggravated and dysfunctional response. Together, the weeks of vandalism followed by the confrontational demonstration signaled a willingness to escalate against Elbit. This specter lurked behind all future protests. It likely contributed to the work-from-home option Elbit eventually gave employees in response to protests. This was a useful leverage point for activists, turning less-confrontational protests into deterrents to come to work. Frequent protests meant fewer employees coming into work, which rendered the physical office a redundant business cost. ## Tertiary Targeting, Straining the Weakest Link By October, BDS Boston started a tertiary target campaign against the Cambridge “Innovation Center.” Over the next ten months, the group would experiment with three different types of tertiary targets: the landlord, Elbit Systems investors, and clients of KMC Systems. Going after KMC Systems’ clients was the least-explored of the tertiary target campaigns. BDS Boston only organized two phone blitzes demanding that clients cut ties with the Elbit subsidiary. Once, the group called for a rally outside a research and development summit where KMC and its clients were present. BDS Boston spent more time protesting Elbit investor JP Morgan Chase. The group organized several successful disruptions at a handful of consumer branches across greater Boston. The direct impact of these protests on Elbit was likely negligible, but they substantially benefitted BDS Boston itself. The group swelled in numbers during the bank protests, drawing more than 100 people each time. Protests at Chase Bank were always on weekends, providing the opportunity to be involved for those who couldn’t make the Elbit office pickets during the work week. Repeated success in closing branches with minimal effort built momentum and confidence that showed up later at pickets. The most effective tertiary target was the landlord, Intercontinental Real Estate. This was both the weakest link in the chain and the most consequential. It was easy for protesters to make Elbit a business liability for Intercontinental on several fronts. The fact that Elbit shared the building with several other businesses represented a vulnerability. Disruptions outside the building (vandalism, noisy picketing, clashes with police) irritated the other tenants. Wearing down the other tenants, canvassing other Intercontinental properties, and showing up at Palanjian’s home at all hours made it easier to let the lease lapse. ## Organization, Dedication, Consistency Groups that can analyze targets, experiment with tactics, and integrate strategic lessons are indispensable to winning campaigns. Palestine Action US disbanded after two actions. By November 2023, the anonymous vandalism at Elbit had ended. Palestinian Youth Movement got involved in 2024, after the campaign outlasted other local initiatives. Were it not for BDS Boston’s unwavering focus and repeated actions against Elbit over the course of a year, the “Innovation Center” might never have closed. It was easy to get distracted after October 7, 2023. The Toufan al-Aqsa operation and Israel’s resulting scorched-earth policy generated unforeseen public support for Palestine. Masses of people flooded the streets looking to take action. Many groups called protests all over the city—protests with shifting targets and little strategy. BDS Boston was a joinable organization with an active campaign against a sensible target; this offered a meaningful way to get involved. The politics of BDS Boston also played an important role. BDS Boston is not an NGO, but an independent political group; it does not focus on appealing to politicians, but on direct action. The group supports Palestinian resistance and is staunchly anti-Zionist. Around Boston, it distinguished itself by supporting The Mapping Project, an online resource tracking Zionist collaboration in Massachusetts; BDS Boston weathered a public feud with the BDS National Committee in Ramallah, which denounced that project. These political distinctions aren’t trivial. They are important guardrails against cooptation. It’s no coincidence that BDS Boston helped make space for a campaign that broke away from NGO protest norms. A demonstration outside the offices of Elbit in Cambridge, Massachusetts on October 30, 2023. ## The Action - Repression Dialectic The state inevitably responds to effective action. Smart campaigns seek to minimize, leverage, or crush the countermeasures that the authorities take against them without capitulating to intimidation. Activists must stay abreast of the shifting terrain of repression in order to minimize the damage it can do. Following the slew of vandalism against the Elbit facility, building security increased to a round-the-clock stakeout by Cambridge Police and private security personnel. Usually, there was never more than one guard, numbing himself with cellphone blue-light and drive-thru fast food to bear the boring night shifts. This minor adjustment was evidently enough to deter vandalism. Who knows what the vandals’ strategic calculations were; still, it’s worth stating that activists don’t always have to be on the back foot with police. That much was evident at the October 30 rally, when the rowdiness of the crowd caught police off guard. How much more could have been achieved with a bit more coordination? By December, police were showing up more prepared. Palestine Action intended to hold another rally outside the facility on December 14, but quietly canceled it. The only ones who showed up were the police. That morning, photos went viral showing Cambridge Police staging two snipers on the roof of a business directly across from Elbit. Activists were right to use the resulting scandal to their advantage. While some anti-police advocates turned out to City Hall decrying the disproportionate show of force, anti-Elbit organizers played up the tension with Elbit’s co-tenants: _Why is an architect coming to work under the scope of a sniper?_ The three strategic pivots in response to the increased police presence at the facility between October and December were an outright end to vandalism, the scandal about the snipers, and a shift to tertiary targets. The latter move opened new spaces to gather and gain confidence when organizers felt the Elbit site was “too hot.” Following the success of this campaign, police have been expanding their toolkit. By summer 2024, three flock AI license plate reading cameras were installed on the Bishop-Allen building, and another at the entrance of the Intercontinental Real Estate office. For now, these are some of the only Flock cameras in the state of Massachusetts. Police are also requesting new surveillance camera installations around Cambridge, starting with Central Square. # Conclusion This is not a recipe for shutting down Elbit offices. Each campaign confronts a unique convergence of forces. In sharing this story, we hope to share how some organizers assessed their specific situation and uplifted each other’s tactics to win. In addition to a strong analysis, Boston activists were consistent. Whether it was an individual or small group acting by night, a few dozen activists picketing Elbit during business hours, or hundreds shutting down Chase Bank on the weekend, there was activity against Elbit nearly every week for one year. If you are reading this east of the Mississippi, you are within hours of an Elbit facility. With dedication, you can change that. Activists shut down Elbit Systems in October 2023. * * * # Appendix: Timeline of Actions * **August 3, 2023** : BDS Boston and Malaya Movement canvass outside Elbit. * **August 21, 2023** : BDS Boston canvasses outside of Elbit. * **September 7, 2023** : BDS Boston canvasses outside of Elbit. * **October 12, 2023** : Three Palestine Action activists bike-lock their necks to the entrance of the Elbit office, blocking employees from entering. Someone pours red paint all over the sidewalk. “Shut Elbit Down” is spray-painted on the building. That night, the building is vandalized again, spray-painted with “Elbit Makes Genocide,” “Fuck Elbit,” and “Elbit Get Out.” The key-card machine is smashed. * **October 16, 2023** : During the night, anonymous activists douse the Elbit building in red paint and graffiti it with “Elbit Arms Genocide.” The keycard reader is also smashed. This is the third consecutive vandalism against the Elbit office in four days. * **October 18, 2023** : Elbit removes the Cambridge office from its website. * **October 24, 2023** : Sometime in the night anonymous activists target the office of Elbit’s Cambridge landlord. The Intercontinental Real Estate office is sprayed with red paint; its keycard readers are smashed. * **October 30, 2023** : 200 activists rally outside the Elbit office. Many push through police barricades; several hurl eggs and smoke pellets at Cambridge Police. Nine are arrested, though a judge eventually dismisses all charges. * **Early November, 2023** : Activists disrupt a career fair at Wentworth University sponsored by Elbit Systems, at which KMC Systems also had a recruiting table. * **November 2, 2023** : BDS Boston pickets outside of Elbit. * **November 5, 2023** : Multiple blocks of Cambridge’s Central Square are chalked with the names of Palestinian martyrs. * **November 17, 2023** : Tufts University students blockade the administrator building for several hours demanding divestment from Israel. A few savvy students in the blockade use the school’s personnel website to learn the names of the campus police responding to the action and begin chants addressing each police officer by name. * **November 26, 2023** : Activists disrupt a baggage claim area at Boston Logan airport in protest of Boeing. One activist is arrested. Several dozen more continue to rally outside the airport for a few hours. * **December 2, 2023** : BDS Boston picket outside Elbit. * **December 13, 2023** : Puma announces it will no longer sponsor the Israel Football Association (IFA). * **December 14, 2023** : Cambridge Police are photographed staging snipers on the roof across the street from Elbit in anticipation of a protest. * **December 16 2023** : Activists gather for a “family-friendly” protest at Cambridge City Hall. Free food is served, several speeches take place, and attendees dance _dabke_ together on the City Hall lawn. Activists spray-paint yard signs reading “ELBIT OUT OF CAMBRIDGE” and chalk the steps of City Hall with anti-Elbit slogans. * **December 18, 2023** : More than 50 activists block trucks in the rain at a shipping terminal in Boston to protest the blocking of aid trucks at the Rafah crossing. * **January 1, 2024** : BDS Boston pickets outside Elbit. * **January 17, 2024** : Activists block the entrance to a Raytheon manufacturing facility in Tewksbury, Massachusetts. Red paint appears on the Raytheon sign. * **January 20, 2024** : More than 100 people shut down a Chase Bank branch in Harvard Square. Activists disrupt the branch by throwing bloodied money, preventing people from entering, and picketing outside. * **February 8, 2024** : Activists disrupt BNY Mellon, an investor in Elbit Systems, at their Boston office, throwing bloodied-money and chanting anti-Elbit slogans. * **February 11, 2024** : BDS Boston pickets outside of Elbit. * **February 17, 2024** : More than 100 people shut down a Chase Bank branch in the Jamaica Plain neighborhood of Boston. Activists disrupt the branch by throwing bloodied money, dumping rubble and bloodied linens at the entrances, preventing people from entering, and picketing outside. After the branch closes early, activists take over the adjoining intersection to give speeches in support of the Palestinian armed resistance. * **February 21, 2024** : Activists learn that Elbit employees can work remotely on days there is a protest. BDS Boston schedules a picket outside Elbit at 9 am. * **February 27, 2024** : BDS Boston pickets outside of Elbit. * **February 29, 2024** : Activists block the entrance of the Elbit facility in Birdsboro, Pennsylvania. Six are arrested. * **March 4, 2024** : More than 50 people block trucks at a Boston shipping zone for an hour to protest the blocking of aid trucks in Gaza. * **March 7, 2024** : BDS Boston protests outside of MassMEDIC, a medical device manufacturing summit, over Elbit’s participation. Activists demand KMC Systems clients end their contracts. * **March 9, 2024** : More than 100 people shut down a Chase Bank branch at the Prudential Center mall in Boston. Activists disrupt the branch by throwing bloodied money, dumping rubble and bloodied linens at the entrances, preventing people from entering, and picketing outside. * **March 19, 2024** : BDS Boston pickets outside of Elbit. * **March 22, 2024** : Seven people block the entrance of the Elbit manufacturing facility in Merrimack, New Hampshire using lock boxes. * **March 26, 2024** : BDS Boston pickets outside of Elbit. Elbit releases its 2023 financial results to shareholders. * **March 30, 2024** : Activists block traffic for Palestinian Land Day on the Longfellow Bridge using chains and bike locks. * **April 6, 2024** : Palestinian Youth Movement and BDS Boston hold a joint demonstration against Elbit. * **April 15, 2024** : Activists simultaneously disrupt four Chase Bank branches across Boston by throwing bloodied money and chanting anti-Elbit slogans. * **April 17, 2024** : Columbia University students camp out on the lawn for Gaza, sparking a national wave of student encampments. Within a week, Boston campuses recreate the action with camps springing up at Emerson, Northeastern, MIT, Harvard, Boston University, and Tufts. * **May 15, 2024** : Palestine solidarity activists protest around the city for Nakba day. Anti-Elbit graffiti appears around Boston. JP Morgan Chase SEC filings show a 70% reduction in Elbit shares. * **May 29, 2024** : BDS Boston pickets outside of Elbit. Activists drop a banner reading ELBIT KILLS from the Charles Bridge. * **June 5, 2024** : BDS Boston pickets outside of Elbit. * **June 12, 2024** : Activists occupy the lobby of Boeing. Barricading themselves inside, they prevent a gathering crowd of employees and police from entering. After an hour, the activists leave together, without arrests. * **June 12, 2024** : BDS Boston pickets outside of Elbit. * **June 26, 2024** : BDS Boston pickets outside of Elbit. * **June 29, 2024** : 100 activists march to Peter Palandjian’s house for a noise demonstration. Palandjian is the CEO of Intercontinental Real Estate, the landlord leasing office space in Cambridge to Elbit. * **July 3, 2024** : BDS Boston pickets outside of Elbit. * **July 12, 2024** : Start of the BDS Boston and Palestinian Youth Movement week of action. Over 100 people join the welcome dinner and Palestine 101 workshop. * **July 13, 2024** : BDS Boston shuts down the Chase Bank branch in Harvard Square from open to close. Activists blocked the entrances with lockboxes and human chains. * **July 15, 2024** : BDS Boston pickets outside of Elbit for 18 hours. Teach-ins happen throughout the day. By night, the picket converts into a vigil for martyrs, and then a movie screening. Activists hold the intersection outside the office for the entire time. * **Late July 2024** : Activists hold a noise demo outside Peter Palandjian’s home at 2 am. * **July 24, 2024** : BDS Boston pickets outside of Elbit. * **July 31, 2024** : BDS Boston pickets outside of Elbit. * **August 7, 2024** : BDS Boston pickets outside of Elbit. * **August 14, 2024** : BDS Boston pickets outside of Elbit. * **August 21, 2024** : BDS Boston pickets outside of Elbit. * **August 26, 2024** : BDS Boston pickets outside of Elbit. * **September 2, 2024** : BDS Boston calls for a march and rally outside of the Elbit office to celebrate the early termination of the lease. * * * Palestine solidarity demonstrators march to the Massachusetts Institute of Technology on September 2, 2024.
crimethinc.com
October 23, 2025 at 11:59 PM
No Kings, No Masters : A Call for Anti-Authoritarian Blocs at the October 18 "No Kings" Demonstrations
This is a call for you—yes, _you specifically_ —to organize an anti-authoritarian bloc in your community for the “No Kings” demonstrations on October 18. If you are willing to do this, skip directly to the how section. Fascism has come to power in the United States. People around the world are horrified. But simply marching in the streets once every few months is not enough. We have to get out there and draw people into concrete organizing and activity. No one else is going to do this for us. Far-right billionaires have bought up practically all of the media outlets and communications platforms. Our best chance to reach people is in the streets, through grassroots initiatives. “No Kings” is not our only opportunity to reach out to people, but as Trump consolidates control, we can’t afford to let a single opportunity pass us by. Anarchists are known for our courage; we have gotten used to acting boldly in an array of contexts. What is needed now is the courage to take the first step to establish public positions around which a fighting movement can cohere. This both scarier and simpler than many of the things we have done in the past. To face down Donald Trump’s power grab and his terror campaign targeting “antifa,” we need everyone, of all walks of life, to proclaim that opposition to fascism is both laudable and urgent. We must contribute to a ferment that brings together everyone from the fiercest participants in the George Floyd revolt to the retirees that protested at Tesla outlets last spring. This does not mean limiting ourselves to lowest-common-denominator proposals—that is no way to make a big-tent movement. Rather, we need everyone to show up with their own political analysis and objectives and organizing culture, but with an understanding that we all need each other. We have arrived at this crisis because capitalism has concentrated so much power in the hands of the extremely wealthy that the entire social order has become unstable. This is not just about a single authoritarian politician—to get out of this mess, we will have to enact social change on a larger scale than any of us have seen in our lifetimes. Yet that same instability gives more people a stake in that change than ever before. The stakes are high, but together, we can rise to the opportunity. Marching with signs is not enough. # How to Do It If you participate in organization with a social media platform or you feel comfortable organizing over your own social media accounts, announce a meeting point and visual cue in advance. For example, “Meet at the corner of 14th and Broadway at 10 am, at the banner reading ‘No Kings, No Masters.’” If you don’t have a social media platform, invite everyone you trust over Signal. Even if there are only two of you, you can still paint a massive banner and carry it between the two of you, making your message clear to everyone. Who knows how many anarchists and potential anarchists attended the “No Kings” demonstration in June, but concluded that they were the only ones there because no one—including them—had made such a banner. If you anticipate that there will be three or more of you, make sure everyone has something to do. To equip anyone who might join you, you can print out posters on 11” by 17” paper and affix them to cardboard. Better still, break the poster image into quadrants and print each quadrant out at 400% size, then assemble them parts into a much bigger whole. You could also make a piñata or some other form of effigy. If there are dozens of you involved in the organizing, make your bloc festive and lively with a drum corps or a sound system. Just for practice, you could bring shields or a reinforced banner emblazoned with your message—not with the intention of getting into any sort of confrontation, but simply to normalize such things for other demonstrators so they can learn to feel comfortable around them. Make fliers in advance promoting an event to take place after the “No Kings” rally. Make at least hundreds of them—you don’t want to run out. This may be your only chance to see most of these people. If there are only a few of you, your post-“No Kings” event could be an educational event teaching people about how to resist ICE or practice proper security culture or engage in direct action planning. If there are more of you, you could invite them to a subsequent protest, or a mutual aid event, or a community assembly about how to organize collective defense. The idea is to see them again in an environment that will enable you to build political affinity together—or at least determine the extent to which you share it—without taking any needless risks that could expose you to agents provocateurs. If your community already has an announcements-only Signal loop for rapid response organizing, you could distribute that via fliers, as well, so the people you encounter will have more than one chance to get involved. Prepare some chants in advance! It’s conceivable that you will encounter pushback from reactionaries or from irascible liberals, or even from official “No Kings” organizers. Stand your ground. You do not have as much to fear from them as you have to fear from what is in store for all of us if we do not mobilize. Some people will appreciate you being there—those are the ones you have to reach at all costs. However frightening it is to take this step, the consequences of not trying will be more frightening. **Remember, if you can read these words, there are others putting themselves out there at least as much as you are. That means you are not alone, and the struggle is not hopeless.** We don’t expect the October 18 “No Kings” rallies to be as widely attended as the ones last June. In June, a wave of protest activity was already sweeping the country, starting in Minneapolis and spreading to Los Angeles and beyond. Contrary to the liberals who fear that confrontation scares people away from movements, we have seen over the past decade that people are most likely to get involved in struggles when they see that there is something concrete immediately at stake. Nonetheless, people will come to the “No Kings” demonstrations, and you should be there to engage with them. At the very least, you will be building skills and networks and a habit of acting that will serve you well in the months to come. > We should concern ourselves with forging a future where no single person—whether king or president—can claim the right to rule over millions. This means rejecting the increasingly authoritarian form of government we live under today and building something better—a society rooted in true self-determination, decentralized and non-hierarchical decision-making, and cooperative economics. > > -Ryan Only and Eric Laursen, “No Kings!”? How about “No Presidents!”?
crimethinc.com
October 21, 2025 at 11:58 PM
Sailing for Gaza : A Message from a Wayward American Yachtpunk in the Thousand Madleens to Gaza Flotilla
Famine has become one of the central weapons with which the Israeli government seeks to exterminate the population of Gaza. On October 1, the Israeli military attacked the Sumud flotilla, a fleet of ships attempting to break the siege around Gaza in order to deliver much-needed humanitarian aid. People around the world protested in response—notably, in Italy, where millions of people flooded the streets across four consecutive days of demonstrations. But another flotilla, Thousand Madleens to Gaza, is right behind Sumud. Here, we present a statement from one of the participants. * * * I’m writing you 300 miles from Gazan shores. I’m a sailor aboard the Soul of My Soul, a boat funded and supported by Mutual Aid Disaster Relief, an anarchist disaster response organization in North America. We are part of the Thousand Madleens flotilla. Our mission is to break the siege of Gaza—to challenge Israel’s stranglehold by barging in with a few scrappy sailboats full of infant formula and medication. I’m not a zealot. I know how small our chances are of powering through the blockade imposed by the Israel Occupation Forces. If we are bound to be water cannoned, boarded, arrested, and kidnapped, like our comrades in the Global Sumud Flotilla were a few days ago, then it is clear that the power lies not with us but with you. I want you to know about us, about me, and I want you to take action of your own. I’m a sailor. Some take to vans, some to small cabins in the woods, but sailboats have always been my thing. I never imagined that my penchant for sailing around vintage plastic sailboats from the 1970s would ever be relevant to any political struggle, very less one so center-stage. I ended up here when a call went out looking for comrade with some sea time. I jumped at the chance. As a lifestyle, do-it-yourself yachting is about as marginal to political struggle as you can imagine, but here I am. Don’t let anyone tell you your passions are too fringe to be part of our greater fight for freedom. I’m not a veteran activist or even a marine professional. If I ended up here, you can too. Our boat illustrates how anarchists can plug into these wider highly visible political campaigns while staying true to our convictions. I know that many of us shy from activism like this—big orgs with a back office and actions that center themselves in the media’s eyes. Our boat was self-organized, sourced and purchased by comrades. We assembled our own equipment, legal support, and crew, then plugged into the bigger org at the end, once we were fully fledged. Maybe our boat is a bit like an affinity group. This has preserved us some degree of autonomy and decision-making power, and we can still sail with our comrades as a fleet. I’m often asked what the goal of our flotilla movement is. Is this a largely symbolic act? Is there any chance we’ll get through? My own feelings have changed many times. There is historical precedent for boats getting through. A few of them did before the lethal attack on the Mavi Marmara in 2010. It’s not like Israel’s political ideology and animosity for the Palestinian people was much different then. But I’ve been watching the news out here at sea, and we see the enormous waves of protest against the genocide erupting across the world in response to the attack on the Sumud flotilla. This has enabled me to understand our purpose here. We’re just a rallying point. The world is sick of Israel’s murderous bombardment and brutal siege of Gaza, and we are offering an occasion to fill the streets of the world once again—this time to end it. If there is any chance of the Thousand Madleens flotilla arriving on Gazan shores, it will be because all of you demand it. If you rise up in defense of Palestine worldwide, the political waters might part before us. Maybe we will be the first trickle of a people’s sea corridor. Please, act however you can, as loudly or as decisively as you can. You take the streets, and we will take the sea. Free Palestine.
crimethinc.com
October 18, 2025 at 11:57 PM
In the Afterglow of Revolution, a New Nepal Emerges : Fighting against Corruption, "Gen Z" Develops Political Consciousness
Escalated by police violence, a protest movement in Nepal snowballed into a spontaneous insurrection, culminating on September 9, 2025 with the toppling of the government. To follow up our interview with Black Book Distro in Kathmandu, we sought more context for the conditions that produced the revolution and the forms that it has assumed from a Nepali journalist currently located in Portugal, Ira Regmi. * * * On September 8, 2025, Nepal witnessed a revolution as thousands of predominantly Gen Z youth took to the streets in protest. This collective action was met with brutal state repression, resulting in a mass slaughter of protesters and working-class students in school uniforms. The current death toll stands at 74, including three police officers and approximately 10 incarcerated individuals. The movement’s broader cause was rooted in opposition to corruption; it can be understood as the culmination of the 2019 youth-led “Enough is Enough” movements. The immediate catalyst for this action emerged when Gen Z activists initiated a social media campaign exposing the lavish consumption of political elites’ children, arguing that such lifestyles were subsidized through public funds. The hashtag #Nepobaby quickly gained traction across digital platforms and the government’s subsequent censorship, which blocked 26 social media platforms, catalyzed widespread protests. Only five registered platforms remained accessible: Viber, TikTok, Nimbuzz, WeTalk, and Popo Live. Content creators reported that TikTok and other platforms were actively suppressing anti-government criticism. This repression intensified consciousness, propelling organizers to leverage alternative communication channels and to circumvent state censorship by using VPNs, accelerating the mobilization beyond the regime’s capacity to suppress it. In a solemn act that marked the beginning of revolutionary justice, the newly formed caretaker government led by Prime Minister Sushila Karki officially declared the fallen protesters to be martyrs of this struggle. The state honored the deceased with a dignified national cremation ceremony and proclaimed September 17 an official day of national mourning. Their blood sanctioned the birth of a new Nepal, and their memory shall forever inspire revolutionary transformations across the world. However, the public has made it clear that commemorations alone are insufficient and further accountability for state violence remains non-negotiable. The Gen Z movement in Nepal represents a fundamental departure from the post-2006 political settlement that governed the country since the monarchy’s formal abolition and has evolved into a significant challenge to the structural foundations of Nepal’s institutionalized corruption. This article examines the material conditions behind this mass mobilization and interrogates the constitutional, political, and social questions it has brought to the surface. Detailed explanations of the exact course of events can also be found in the accounts of independent journalists and social media content creators. Photo by Sulav Shrestha. # State Violence, Revolutionary Response, and Capital as Target The violence began, as it always does, with the state. The government escalated peaceful protests through brutal repression, firing indiscriminately into crowds, shooting lethal bullets directly at the heads and chests of young people in school uniforms. This brutality, which caused the single highest death toll in a day for protests in Nepal, was not isolated. It represented the systematic violence through which the Nepali state has maintained power in recent years, regularly suppressing dissent through lethal force. The following day, the accumulated rage of the people manifested as direct action against the symbols and infrastructure of power and capital. Protesters targeted public institutions including the parliament, government administration buildings, the reserve bank, and the supreme court. The homes and businesses of political and business elites were also pointedly targeted. Kathmandu valley turned black with smoke as protesters unleashed the material manifestation of revolutionary rage—an embodiment of “burn it all down” that transformed the capital’s skyline into a canvas of defiance. Among the targeted businesses, Choudhary Group, NCELL, and Bhatbhateni supermarket chain suffered significant damage, with 12 of the 24 Bhatbhateni outlets destroyed. The business tycoons swiftly issued statements emphasizing their resilience, but notably absent was any meaningful introspection regarding why they specifically became targets of public rage. The widespread targeting of Nepal’s millionaire class, coupled with liberal objections to property destruction, shows the importance of radical anti-capitalist analysis within this historic uprising. The industrialists targeted by the masses stand thoroughly exposed as class enemies of the revolutionary youth, as their wealth has been built upon a foundation of exploitation and corruption. The Choudhary dynasty faces allegations of concealing assets in Panama tax havens, orchestrating insurance fraud schemes, and illegally seizing state-owned factories. Similarly, Min Bahadur Gurung, the owner of the Bhatbhateni empire, has participated in the theft of public lands and committed VAT evasion totaling approximately 1 billion Nepali Rupees. NCELL was involved in the largest tax evasion and money laundering scandal in the country. The entanglement between private capital and Nepal’s corrupt political apparatus—where wealth purchases policy and protection—demands ruthless critical examination, as does the fundamental immorality of such obscene wealth accumulation. While counter-revolutionary provocateurs undoubtedly participated in these events and warrant rigorous analysis and investigation, much of the destruction of public and private property stemmed from genuine public outrage. Urgent demands for de-escalation following the prime minister’s resignation were critical, especially as conclusive evidence now confirms that violent pro-monarchist and legacy party factions deliberately instigated most of the chaos during the latter half of September 9. However, we also witnessed unmistakably bourgeois hand-wringing over property damage that is indicative of the class character of such critiques. The liberal impulse to equate destruction of capitalist property with violence against people constitutes a profound mischaracterization of revolutionary praxis and masks the true nature of violence committed against the Nepali people. Photo by Sulav Shrestha. # The Specter of Corruption As independent journalist Pranay Rana writes in his newsletter _Kalam Weekly,_ “The campaign reflected a broader frustration with the status quo” and emerged from the systemic nature of public corruption in Nepal. Some major examples of corruption scandals have included the fraudulent registration of Nepali citizens as Bhutanese refugees for third-country resettlement; irregularities in contractor assignment for the construction of Pokhara International Airport; systematic transfer of public lands to private entities; and the electricity distribution scandal where authorities provided uninterrupted power to commercial interests while subjecting the general population to up to 18 hours of daily power outages. But the issue of corruption was always more than just large scandals involving high profile political elites. Corruption permeates civil society through normalized bribery across professional environments and through the systematic distribution of institutional appointments from ministerial positions to university chancellorships based on patronage networks rather than merit. These conditions resulted in profound alienation among the masses. Throughout Nepal’s professional, industrial, and bureaucratic spheres, corruption visibly erodes society like rust eating through metal. The former administration under KP Oli further accelerated this alienation by exhibiting increasingly authoritarian tendencies masked by hypernationalist rhetoric. Meanwhile, so-called opposition parties colluded with the parties in power to establish a revolving chair system of governance—a cynical arrangement where they agreed to rotate executive leadership amongst themselves, fundamentally hollowing out any pretense of democracy. Photo by Sulav Shrestha. # Revolutionary Praxis Meets Constitutional Crisis The tension between bourgeois constitutionalism and revolutionary necessity emerged as the central contradiction in this struggle. A generation of predominantly teenage and twenty-something activists confronted profound constitutional questions within mere days, while established legal scholars largely dismissed revolutionary imperatives as fundamentally unconstitutional. Nepal’s constitution—itself the product of a mass movement, albeit one led by political parties—represents a crystallization of political compromise that established a formal democratic order. However, this constitutional framework betrays the limited imagination of its architects, who were largely members of legacy political parties as well as an intellectual elite that perhaps never envisioned (or _did_ imagine and wanted to avoid) a scenario in which popular legitimacy might transfer away from their rule. Consequently, the document lacks modalities for establishing interim governments when political conditions demand them. This structural absence reveals that the primary function of the constitution was to regulate elite competition rather than to facilitate authentic popular sovereignty. A fundamental impetus behind this revolution was the complete erosion of trust in both the executive and legislative branches of government. Yet any strictly constitutional pathway, as defined by legal elites, would necessarily involve the legislature—the very institution whose dissolution emerged as a core revolutionary demand. As written, the constitution prioritizes attempts to form a government from within the existing parliament through some combination of the following steps: 1) Over 50 percent of parliamentarians support dissolution, 2) Either a formal parliamentary session or the executive recommends dissolution to the president. Empirical reality, however, rendered these pathways impossible. The executive branch and most of the 275 Members of Parliament stood implicated in systematic exploitation and corruption, bound by class loyalty to the parasitic political establishment that the people had righteously overthrown. Consequently, the movement advanced an interpretation of constitutional legitimacy that challenged the ruling class’s monopoly on its meaning, empowering the people to establish a caretaker government while dissolving the parliament. Young legal scholars correctly identified multiple interpretive pathways through which a caretaker government could be established without wholesale constitutional abandonment. They reminded the people and senior advocates that the constitution exists to serve the people, not to trap them in a corrupt system. The timely work of public education and advocacy by Advocate Ojjaswi Bhattarai along with a group of other young scholars and internet influencers enabled the movement to maintain constitutional continuity. They advocated for these interpretations by invoking a doctrine that allows for specific parts of a constitution to be temporarily rendered inoperative (or “eclipsed”) when extraordinary circumstances make their normal application impossible. They also argued that since the revolution unambiguously channeled the collective will of the people, this will could supersede other formal legal imperatives. There was no doubt that the movement clearly demonstrated a popular mandate for both forming a caretaker government and dissolving the parliament, grounding their constitutional reinterpretation in genuine democratic legitimacy. Schoolchildren pass the charred remains of a public bus in Kathmandu on September 15, 2025, the day the schools reopened. Photograph by Narendra Shrestha. # Democratic Experiments and the Battle for Narrative Control These legal and strategic discussions unfolded primarily in digital spaces, yielding unprecedented forms of democratic praxis. Over 120,000 Nepali youth mobilized through Discord to collectively determine the interim Prime Minister candidate—a radical experiment in direct democracy with the masses creating new organizational forms beyond the constraints of bourgeois political structures. Following the nomination of Sushila Karki, youth collectives initiated both digital and in-person town halls to chart the path forward. At present, multiple groups are coalescing to articulate a formal revolutionary mandate with concrete demands and the means to establish new institutions of accountability that authentically serve the people’s interests. There also are anarchist groups working hard to build solidarity across the Nepali left and are committed to organizing outside traditional norms of hierarchy. This democratic experimentation through digital platforms presented challenges even for the revolutionaries—including state surveillance, digital repression, infiltration, and the tendency for these platforms to become propaganda machines that derail the expressed will of the people. This exercise constituted such a fundamental rupture with liberal democratic norms that participants naturally experienced some initial disorientation. Additionally, as writers of the _Cold Takes by Boju Bajai_ newsletter point out, the existing corporate media apparatus struggled profoundly to interpret these developments, as many senior journalists lacked even basic familiarity with platforms like Discord. As Kantipur TV continued broadcasting against the backdrop of their incinerated corporate headquarters, media conglomerates also revealed their class character through their persistent coverage of obsolete political formations, failing to grasp that the material conditions for discourse had fundamentally transformed overnight. A contrast emerged between the revolutionary consciousness developing among youth on Discord and Instagram versus the reformist tendencies prevalent on platforms like Facebook and Twitter. The bourgeoisie and older generations, who had monopolized political discourse for decades, experienced confusion from this transformation, unable to comprehend that their hegemony over political expression had decisively been broken. At the same time, while this digital revolution amplified previously marginalized youth voices, it was also exclusionary, leaving behind older generations and those lacking technological access. A boy looks at a mural made by artists Riddhi Sagar and Somic Shrestha, depicting the white shoe of 28-year-old Prakash Bohara, who was shot during the protests in Nepal. Photograph by Skanda Gautam and Sahana Vajracharya. # Radical Inclusion Means Class, Caste, Gender While this revolutionary movement represented a significant rupture in the political order, educators and activists like Ujjwala Maharjan, Anjali Shah, and Tasha Lhozam have pointed out that it remains incomplete without addressing the fundamental contradictions of caste, class, and gender that structure Nepali society. To critique corruption without interrogating the inherent immorality of capital accumulation is to mistake symptoms for disease. The political class now under attack for nepotism and corruption have inevitably attempted to launder their obscene wealth as legitimately earned with the help of bourgeois orthodox economics. This counter-revolutionary maneuver can only succeed if the revolutionary movement fails to confront the uncomfortable truth that many aspirations within its own ranks remain contaminated by capitalist fantasies of individual advancement within existing structures. Without a critique of capitalism itself, this revolutionary moment risks slipping into mere reformism. A truly revolutionary consciousness must synthesize anti-capitalism with militant opposition to caste hierarchies and patriarchal subjugation while upholding an abolitionist perspective. We must never forget that among the deceased were incarcerated youth whose deaths at the hands of state forces while attempting to escape brutal conditions of confinement constitute class murder. The very concept of juvenile detention centers represents the individualization of social problems. Crime itself must be understood not as individual moral failures but as the predictable outcome of material conditions created by social relations. The impulse to rehabilitate institutions of state violence—exemplified by those who rushed to restore police infrastructure—reveals lingering ideological contamination from respectability politics. Revolutionary humanism demands the abolition, not the reform, of these carceral institutions. Finally, the spontaneous proliferation of trans and queer flags across the Discord server revealed the movement’s latent progressive character. This movement, though presenting a unified front, contains within it diverse material experiences—Indigenous peoples, caste-oppressed communities, and sexual minorities whose specific forms of exploitation must be articulated within a coherent revolutionary program. The historically privileged elements of the movement—cis, straight, male, upper-caste youth—must engage in ruthless self-criticism regarding their accumulated privilege. Only through this process can an intersectional anti-capitalist vanguard emerge from this historic moment of mass radicalization. The upcoming elections demand that Nepali people rally behind a non-legacy party that genuinely champions Gen Z’s revolutionary vision and directly confronts the entrenched apparatus. Only by securing a parliamentary majority can the youth break free from the corrupt political landscape. Failure to achieve this majority risks condemning Nepal to decades more under the same ruling class.
crimethinc.com
October 10, 2025 at 11:49 PM
ICE Out of Illinois, ICE Out of Everywhere : A Report from the Blockades at the Broadview Facility
Following messy efforts to crack down on immigrants in Los Angeles, the Trump administration announced that Chicago would be the next target of concentrated attacks from United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement. This so-called “blitz” is already meeting resistance. In June 2025, thousands of people in Chicago took to the streets in solidarity with the resistance in Los Angeles; at the same time, demonstrators from Seattle to Chicago experimented with blocking ICE agents when they showed up to kidnap people at court appearances. Now people in the Chicago area are seeking to take strategic action at bottlenecks in ICE operations. In this report, participants in the blockades targeting an ICE facility near Chicago recount their experiences and share their preliminary conclusions. * * * In the early hours of September 19, people congregated outside of the ICE processing facility in Broadview, Illinois, a suburb west of Chicago. Gathering far earlier than the publicly announced mobilizations set for 7 AM and later for the evening, we hoped to catch federal agents in the act of transporting kidnappees from around the Midwest. The processing center in Broadview holds roughly 150 prisoners at any given time; it serves as a hub for ICE activity across the Midwest. Higher-capacity ICE detention centers are illegal in Illinois, making the location a logistical chokepoint in the transportation of prisoners. As federal resources for this center have ballooned to satisfy far-right politicians’ desire for xenophobic violence, the Broadview location has become increasingly important as a critical piece of infrastructure. When protest activity at Broadview began, small groups initially tended towards self-sacrificial, spectacular acts—typically sitting down in front of ICE vans leaving the processing center, only to be dragged away by the Broadview Police Department. As reports and footage from each action spread and faith in the effectiveness of nonviolent resistance waned, the mobilizations changed form: the primary objective of action shifted from _sacrifice_ to _resistance._ ICE began brutalizing and detaining protesters at will, and attempts to block the vans failed; in response, early morning crowds traded N-95 masks for black bloc gear and opted to follow agents instead of just sitting down. Clearly, a more proactive approach was required. The efforts of Friday, September 19 were the result. # Friday Morning For over a decade, on Fridays at 7 am, Broadview has bussed detainees to Indiana’s Gary/Chicago International Airport—and, more recently, to other detention centers in the Midwest. The facility responded to initial televised acts of civil disobedience by moving people out earlier and earlier. So we woke up earlier, too. On September 19, around 4:30 am, about twenty protesters gathered by the facility. Some were dressed in black bloc, some in normal street clothes. In contrast to the previous weeks’ self-sacrificial civil disobedience, most people (with the exception of an aspiring congresswoman and her press crew) decided only to stand in front of a vehicle when it was entering or leaving. This shift enabled the small crowd to move like water. An ICE agent on his way to work hurries away from protesters during the early hours of the morning. The first van that tried to leave Broadview was turned back as most of the crowd surrounded it and three people sat in the driveway. Energy was high, and those present followed any agent who left the gates closely, heckling the ones who pulled up to a nearby parking lot that holds marked ICE vans, unmarked cars, and agents’ personal vehicles. Caught off guard by the early risers, the agents were frantic, some sprinting from the parking lot to the gates of Broadview. In response to the heckling, they formed groups of three or more to walk to the facility. Some put on their gear before entering. This cowardice is worthy of note. A group of mercenaries enters the detention center. The enthusiasm of the early-morning attendees set the tone for the rest of the day. As the sun began to rise, the agents inside the facility picked up where they had left off the previous week. Decked out in tactical gear, some gathered on the roof, some behind the front gate. Blocked by the crowd, ICE agents started driving vehicles on the curb around the protesters. There were simply not enough people, or enough technical preparation, to block or stop the cars at that time. The first arrest of the morning occurred around 6 am, when a van trying to leave the facility was once again blocked by standing and sitting protesters. This time, six special forces officers carrying pepper ball guns and a tear gas launcher rushed out of the gate. They grabbed the people on the ground and dragged them back; one woman was thrown violently against the ground, and another person was dragged across the asphalt by two agents before being grabbed and pulled through the gate into the facility. As the agents backed up into the gate, one fired several pepper balls at people in the driveway. The pattern of special response team (SRT) agents storming out to escort an exiting or entering vehicle repeated throughout the morning. # Friday Afternoon Between 7 am and midday, the vibes on both sides of the fence shifted. As more guards began to enter the facility with gear and buckets of munitions, distinct tendencies within the crowd became more evident. Some sections of the crowd sang, while others became more riled up after seeing protesters get repeatedly pepper-balled and dragged inside. Still others helped families attempting to reach loved ones held inside the facility. The SRT agents tear-gassed the crowd for the first time around midday, during a standoff over exiting vans. The agents shot tear gas cannisters and pepper balls into the crowd before dragging one man back into the facility with them. Few were prepared for the chemical munitions and the crowd scattered across the street, while some helped wash eyes and move their worse-hit comrades to safety. In the afternoon, the crowd outside dwindled as people regrouped and waited for the second publicly announced demonstration. Federal agents grab a protester at Broadview during the afternoon. # Friday Evening A second protest had been called for 7 pm. Images of people being detained and tear-gassed had spread across the media and galvanized many who had not yet been out to Broadview. On Friday evening, people rejoined the smaller crowd that remained from the day’s protests. Throughout the evening, two or three agents remained on the roof of the facility, intermittently shooting pepper balls at protesters on the ground. As protesters amassed around 7 pm, about thirty SRT agents gathered behind the gates. Protesters called for them to free the hundreds of people held captive inside, as well as the protesters arrested earlier that day. Following a daytime standoff with demonstrators by the gate of the facility, Gregory Bovino, who led the ICE invasion of Los Angeles, moves in with agents and attempts to force the crowd back. After 7 pm, shields arrived. A dozen or so militants picked them up, but the majority of the crowd stayed at a distance. Perhaps reflective of the previous week’s tendency towards symbolic acts by a small number of people, there was a significant gap between the small group of people at the front and those observing at a distance, and no organic understanding of the need for people to participate behind the front line. The people in the shield line began calling out and gesturing to the crowd, telling press to get out of the way and everyone else to pack in. Agents stormed out of the gates around 7:30 pm. The frontliners in the shield line repelled the first wave of munitions, facing down a barrage of tear gas, pepper balls, and flash-bang grenades. But they were forced to retreat due to the combination of the agents’ “less-lethal” munitions and the disintegration of the crowd behind them. This was understandable: not everyone has protective gear, and even those of us with gas masks felt the effects of the gas. Most of the crowd was not bracing each other or the shield line. A shield wall blocks riot munitions on the night of Friday, September 19. The front line cannot be a specialized group that acts alone while others stand by documenting or witnessing. The specialization of relevant skills, from eye washing to jail support, leaves militants isolated when pressure ramps up. A well-organized front line integrates offensive roles with the support necessary to sustain resistance and carry out objectives. But while the gulf between perceived “militants” at the front and folks at the back continues to impede effective defense, the growing tendency to resist points beyond it. We want to shut down Broadview, not just symbolically but completely. The strategy of spectacle is based on the notion that the repeated brutalization of our comrades will persuade those who are abducting our neighbors to stop. But as people witness these kidnappings firsthand and experience the brutality of “law enforcement,” many are gradually abandoning that approach. Some for whom the violence of the state was previously an abstract concept are turning against the mercenaries that they see standing on the roof of Broadview, looking back at them through the scope of a weapon and choosing to pull the trigger. # Crowd Control The ICE agents themselves proved brutal but unintelligent. Several times, they appeared lost, barreling into the crowd of demonstrators before pulling back just as quickly. Despite favorable conditions, they did not know how to kettle. When agents approached demonstrators, they often broke ranks or formed a wall only one agent deep. Employing pepper ball guns, they shot sporadically and haphazardly, often without any specific target. Agents frequently broke in the face of demonstrators, appearing shaken even by feeble chants. Likewise, the SRT typically avoided close proximity with demonstrators, despite having a more significant advantage. Whether this was due to laziness, confusion, or both, they hesitated to detain even those who actively tried to stop vehicles from leaving the facility. This is only speculation, but it is worth remembering that the facility is relatively small, is used continuously, and holds roughly 150 prisoners at a time. In light of Operation Midway Blitz and other ICE activity in and around Chicago, it is likely that the facility is already operating at its maximum capacity. This, along with their apparent lack of crowd control experience, may have informed how agents and SRTs engaged with demonstrators. A flash-bang grenade explodes as federal agents attack the shield wall. # Becoming Proactive If the courage we are seeing is to escape specialized and repetitious clashes with better-equipped state forces, it will need to forgo media spectacle to take more proactive efforts against deportation infrastructure. We need to define what it would mean to achieve victory over the state’s agents and facilities and articulate the fight for liberation that underlies the shift towards more generalized confrontation with the representatives of the state and capital. Acting on that scale requires expanding beyond a specialized activist crowd (not to mention less laudable, more plainly careerist aspiring politicians) to build relationships with those who live around the facility and, more broadly, with everyone whose instinct is already to protect people from ICE. All over the country, people have spontaneously taken clever and timely actions against raids in their neighborhoods, acting before specialized activists and NGOs arrived to urge them to limit themselves to documenting and witnessing. Rather than relying on reactive rapid response networks that rarely arrive in time, given the speed of raids, more proactive action could involve targeting chokepoints around local deportation pathways like Broadview, or, as in Los Angeles, setting up community defense centers at hotspots of federal activity. Any effective anti-ICE strategy will depend on the actions of locals who choose to intervene in their neighborhoods. Though the media has downplayed many of these stories, the clashes at Broadview are only possible because of the courage of those who have chased ICE out of their neighborhoods in Los Angeles, Chicago, and elsewhere around the country. After the shield wall scatters, the remaining protesters move forward to meet agents at the gate. We also need rapid tactical development. Given the Chicago Police Department’s reliance on kettling, collaborating with organizers, and, when they so choose, batons, Chicagoans are less equipped to deal with tear gas than people in Los Angeles were. This is changing quickly, but it has taken some serious learning. We’ve seen increasing tactical openness. During the first phase of anti-ICE struggles, hard and soft barricades were used to block the loading docks of a downtown immigration court, delaying deportations there by years at a time; during the struggles at Broadview, de-arresting has become the norm, shields have become more widely accepted, the use of protective gear like respirators and goggles has become common, and protesters are beginning to return tear gas canisters to ICE agents. These developments are not necessarily connected to any particular political commitments; we still see people who are willing to hold off agents and block vehicles, yet also quixotically call the police to report ICE activity. # NGOs and Recruitment-Drive Organizations Emerging autonomous activity to stop deportations shows the potential of stepping outside of recruitment-based organizations’ long marches to nowhere and NGOs’ emphasis on legal support after deportation arrests have already occurred. This activity has grown in large part due to the NGOs abandoning key locations and struggles. The Illinois Coalition for Immigrant and Refugee Rights and Organized Communities Against Deportations, the two main nonprofits that dominate organizing against deportations in Chicago, did not take action against the repeated deportations at immigration court earlier in summer 2025, while autonomous groups stepped in to barricade the loading docks, coordinate phone zaps, heckle management, flyer other occupants of the building, and conduct court support for people with hearings inside. Those actions shut down the court on multiple occasions, pushing hearings back years, and ultimately forced the building management to revoke ICE’s access to their loading docks, putting a stop to kidnappings at that location. This would not have occurred had autonomous demonstrators not blocked the flow of commerce into and out of the building. Beyond calls and petitions, the NGOs similarly abdicated actions around Broadview. That was one of the factors that enabled the actions of the preceding weeks to take place. An umbrella serves as a makeshift defense during the clashes. # Internal Tensions When people first mobilized against the Broadview facility a few weeks ago, it had hardly received any public attention, so some people focused on press strategy. This has caused tensions, from social media influencers issuing dispersal advice to swarms of press preventing de-arrests and isolating those who attempt to protect activists targeted for arrest. Those who have involved press and public opinion in their activity the most have ended up letting that attention hinder their approach to strategy. While it is clear that we have to consider press and public attention in our movements, we should never compromise this moment’s most promising goal: driving ICE out of everywhere. While demonstrators have proved that they can build critical mass, they have sometimes limited their own effectiveness. In the weeks leading up to September 19, messaging around the efforts to shut down Broadview was taken up by a range of people and organizations who, presuming they knew best, used notions like “safety” and “visibility” to discipline demonstrators to their own benefit. The assumption that the only imaginable goal of these protests is to speak truth to power—rather than shutting down Broadview—left people unprepared for the confrontations that ensued. On the night of September 19, when “shut it down” meant taking serious risks, this meant that there was no second line to back up the shield wall. Without backing, the front line could not hold, and this gave the SRT units a chance to hunt down scattered demonstrators. Nonetheless, thanks to consistent protests and media coverage, people in the neighboring areas have begun to turn out. Without funding or support from any big-name organization or coalition, the fight to shut down Broadview depends on the courage of ordinary people. A protester’s umbrella shows the effects of pepper ball rounds. # The Shutdown Fiasco As this piece was being composed, a series of leaks from the Department of Homeland security suggested that the Broadview processing center was being temporarily shut down. Something similar had taken place earlier at the Delaney Hall detention center in New Jersey after protesters blocked and eventually breached it, though that site had come back into operation with better security a few months later. However, following a public meltdown featuring a DHS Assistant Secretary and eager claims of victory by organizations that had not been particularly visible on the ground, it was officially confirmed that the Broadview processing center would remain open. As of the morning of September 23, the processing center has been blocked off by tall metal fences, presumably to impede protesters’ access to its entry and exit gate, and clashes continue outside. The buses we have seen exiting the facility to drive to the Gary/Chicago International Airport were transporting detainees who had been forced to sign self-removal papers. On the one hand, we’d been aware for some time that the processing center was at capacity. It is a relatively small building with limited bed space; this makes it a point of vulnerability for the entire deportation apparatus in Illinois and its adjoining states. On the other hand, the confusing sequence of events that ended with the center remaining open suggests internal disarray. This matches the reports we’ve heard from inside the facility itself that many of the mercenaries involved are working together for the first time, often at cross purposes. It’s possible that at one level of the ICE and DHS bureaucracy, the decision was made to avoid a Delaney Hall-type situation and improve security, but higher-up leadership balked at the suggestion and insisted that the facility remain in use. In any case, it is clear that on some level, **what we are doing is working.** It is creating stressful and chaotic situations for our enemies, leading to internal conflict. The threshold of effort necessary for success may be lower than we thought, and our enemies more fearful than we anticipated. At the same time, the sluggish and inept federal bureaucracy routinely experiences internal conflicts of this sort, and we should seek to take advantage of them. ICE out of everywhere! The fight’s not over! Push through and break down the walls!
crimethinc.com
October 6, 2025 at 11:48 PM
Nepali Anarchists on the Toppling of the Government : An Interview with Black Book Distro
In Nepal, a protest movement in early September 2025 escalated into a spontaneous insurrection in response to police violence, culminating with the burning of the parliament and an array of government offices, police stations, party headquarters, and politicians’ mansions. Within a day and a half, Prime Minister Khadga Prasad Oli had fled and the government collapsed. But toppling a government is only the first stage of a much longer struggle; within this unrest, monarchists, neoliberals, and radicals are competing to determine the future of Nepal. To get a clearer understanding of the background of the insurrection and the dynamics within it, we interviewed Black Book Distro, an anarchist collective and library in Kathmandu. The insurrection in Nepal is part of a series of uprisings that have swept Asia over the past few years. We can trace the trail of sparks from the toppling of the president of Sri Lanka in 2022 to the 2024 uprising in Bangladesh and the uprising in Indonesia in August 2025, not to mention the ongoing civil war in Myanmar. Since the fall of the Nepali government, fierce protests have broken out in the Philippines as well. All of these are responding to widespread economic hardship and the failure of politicians’ promises. The complicity of institutional communist parties in the massacre that catalyzed the uprising should remind all aspiring revolutionaries that it is impossible to solve the problems of capitalism simply by wielding the violence of the state—even if you have “communist” in the name of your party. The challenges that capitalism is creating for people demand more radical changes than can be achieved with police weaponry and policy proposals within the halls of power. Likewise, this insurrection should give pause to politicians and police all around the world who imagine that they can pillage and terrorize with impunity. Today, the money they obtain may insulate them from the consequences of their actions—but tomorrow, all bets are off. None of these revolts have yet achieved all of their aims, but as people around the world struggle with oligarchy and state repression, each of them offers lessons. As one commenter on social media put it, “Just a young man wearing the skin of the enemy.” * * * **Introduce your project. Who are you and what are you doing?** We are Black Book Distro, an anarchist collective and library based in Kathmandu, Nepal, dedicated to radicalization through education on leftist history as well as active engagement in popular struggles and movements that we feel align with our goals (the Gen Z protest, the Meter Byaj movement,1 Guthi movement2). We speak to you as an anarchist movement under the suppression of a failed and corrupt communist regime and Congress. Black Book Distro displaying some English-language materials during the Anarchist Zine Fest in Nepal. **Give us a short overview of social movements and struggles in Nepal over the past decade or two. What have been the major concerns driving popular unrest?** Following the Maoist revolution,3 Nepal has experienced waves of social, economic, geographic, and political upheaval. Key issues include rampant caste discrimination, a deadly epidemic of migrant worker trafficking fueled by lack of opportunity at home, routine border conflicts with our nuclear-armed neighbors, and political corruption so brazen that it has allowed pro-monarchy sentiments in the country to make a terrifyingly powerful comeback. Popular movements for change have included the Madhesh struggle for rights and dignity,4 protests against COVID-era corruption under the “Enough Is Enough” banner, nationalistic disputes over border areas like Lipulekh,5 doctor KC’s hunger strikes for improved health infrastructure,6 resistance to predatory mortgage interests, and defense of communal lands belonging to the Newar people. These struggles are driven by a complex social fabric still shaped by patriarchy, caste, and religion, amid constitutional efforts toward representation, freedom of expression, economic liberty, and federalism. The major political organizations are the Congress, Maoist, Marxist-Leninist parties, as well as royalist factions. Below these are independent youth groups, leftist spaces, and Indigenous community groups. Historically speaking, most protests have been led or influenced by the major political parties, though spontaneous youth and grassroots initiatives have increasingly acted independently (including the recent “Gen Z” uprising). “Live rounds were used on civilians, including children, today. We were in front line. Saw many people shot dead.” **How do you understand the goals of the grassroots participants in this uprising? Are there multiple currents with different or conflicting goals?** The current “Gen Z” movement has its roots in the 2019 youth-led “Enough Is Enough” movement, which focused on social justice and environmental issues amid revenue mismanagement during the COVID-19 crisis. This initial uprising consisted of multiple independent youth groups supported by ordinary citizens, liberals, and far-left spaces, without a central leadership. Since then, the government has continually intensified its online surveillance and totalitarian crackdowns on the youth, fueling the movement to become what it is today. Their chief demands are freedom of expression, anti-corruption measures, and full government accountability, with no involvement from established political parties. The tragic shooting of peaceful protestors, including students inspired by the philosophy of the anime series “One Piece,” ignited widespread outrage. A demonstrator in Nepal displaying a “one piece” pirate flag, which has become a symbol of the rebellion in Indonesia. The insurrection was decentralized and spontaneous, culminating in the burning of parliament and most government offices, politicians’ houses, police stations, and party headquarters, causing the government to be toppled in less than 35 hours. Diverse currents exist within the movement: monarchists seeking to restore the king to the throne, centrists aiming to gain influence within a new neoliberal government, and far-left radicals pushing for genuine federalism, secularism, and the inclusive participation of marginalized communities. This multiplicity of goals reflects the complex aspirations and tensions within the movement. **As we understand it here from very far away, communists in Nepal conducted a resistance movement for many years before gaining state power in 2006. We have the impression that internal conflicts within the revolutionary movement as a whole resulted in a series of compromises between the communists and the Nepalese ruling class. How have these compromises affected Nepalese society, specifically including the radical grassroots movements that participated in the popular struggle, as well as labor unions and other groups?** The Maoist insurgency’s success relied on its opposition to the remnants of the “Panchayat” system, a feudal agricultural structure of oppression by upper-caste elites allied with the monarchy over the common folk, which had been officially ended in 1990. However, once in power, many Maoist leaders compromised their revolutionary goals to maintain control, gradually adopting capitalist practices that mirror the same Panchayat system of oppression they claim to have destroyed. These compromises have undermined their credibility with the masses, and the Maoists are now widely viewed as corrupt politicians rather than revolutionaries. Meanwhile, human rights abuses by military and police forces have been widespread, and justice remains elusive for victims on all sides. The tarnished image of leftist politics has given space to the Monarchist movement; even the recent Gen-Z movement has intentionally barred political parties and unions from participating, due to fears that these entities would impose self-serving agendas. Though this shielded the movement’s integrity, it has made it harder for genuine leftist radicals seeking change to organize. Fortunately, the anarchist movement is emerging quietly, with growing acceptance, despite some misconceptions equating anarchism with chaos. A burnt car belonging to Nepali police in front of Patan Durbar square on September 9, 2025. **How did the ruling coalition emerge? How do you understand the difference between the two communist parties, and what is the role of the Congress Party in the ruling coalition?** The ruling coalition emerged to secure a parliamentary majority amid a fragmented multiparty system after the war. Both communist parties have embraced corruption and capitalist practices, with the UML [the Communist Party of Nepal (Unified Marxist–Leninist)] currently being the more organized of the two. Because of their misuse of communist ideologies and corrupt histories, the communist movement is rapidly losing ground, and party members are often mocked when they claim communist identities. The Congress Party, with its historical role in “officially” ending the Rana regime and Panchayat system, remains the leading neoliberal force in the government. In 2008, Maoists and Marxist-Leninists allied to outvote the Congress Party, and in 2024, Congress and Marxist-Leninists allied to outvote Maoists. While ideological differences once divided them, these distinctions have all but completely faded in the eyes of the people. **Both India and China belong to the powerful industrial and trade bloc known as BRICS. How does this affect ordinary people in Nepal? Which groups aspire to capitalize on the overthrow of the Nepalese government?** The impact of BRICS membership on ordinary Nepalese is not yet clear, with political and intellectual circles divided. Some view BRICS as a means to reduce US hegemony, while others see it as extending Chinese authoritarian influence. The Nepali government has been cautiously monitoring the evolution of the India-China relationship and has yet to decide on whether to participate in BRICS. It remains uncertain which groups will ultimately benefit from the toppling of the government, but no political decision in Nepal is made without the involvement of the Indian intelligence agency RAW [Research and Analysis Wing]. The CIA [Central Intelligence Agency] also likely plays a role, consistent with its history in global revolutions. Major dangers include royalist factions potentially gaining power with Indian backing, driven by extremist Hindu nationalist politics, and the resurgence of old political elites without substantive change. While a military coup was a real threat, thankfully it did not occur. The parliament of Nepal was burned on September 9, 2025. Nepal being a landlocked country with social and economic dependency on India has seen some shift in Chinese investments, with connecting highways being opened through Nepal. While China and India sharpen their rivalry, Nepal, unlike other nations sharing the border with the geographical giants, becomes an arena of control and balance… Both powers have thus far avoided open conflict, turning Nepal into an arena of geopolitical balancing between India and China. Nepal, geographically trapped between these two nuclear giants, has limited options to resist their unending tug of war. India’s fuel blockade after the 2015 earthquake was clearly a power move linked to the Madhesi movement, which India unofficially supported. China exerts influence by urging the Nepalese government to control protests related to Tibet. Cultural ties and open borders make India’s influence more pronounced, whereas Chinese investments, such as highway projects under the Belt and Road Initiative, are broadly welcomed by the population as opportunities for economic independence from India. **Many Western leftists look at the relationship of Nepal to China and India—both of which are trading partners of the US and Israel, though China is perceived as a geopolitical antagonist of the US—and conclude that the insurrections in Nepal and Indonesia must be CIA-backed color revolutions designed to install Western-aligned dictatorships. What do you think about this?** While foreign influence from India, China, and the US is undeniable, reducing the uprising to a CIA-backed color revolution dismisses the genuine anger and sacrifices of Nepali people. Millions mobilized to burn down parliament buildings, government offices, and political leaders’ homes—not because foreign or domestic organizations told them to, but because of decades of government failure and corruption. Labeling this movement as a color revolution undermines our solidarity with similar grassroots movements across the globe. Activists from Bangladesh, Indonesia, and Sri Lanka celebrate each other’s struggles without dismissing them as foreign plots. This is a people’s uprising born from experienced injustice. If these uprisings are color revolutions, then powerful global movements like the Arab Spring and Black Lives Matter would be as well. It’s time for Western observers to support these struggles rather than delegitimize them. **What connections do you see, if any, between the uprising in Nepal and the preceding uprisings in Sri Lanka, Bangladesh, and Indonesia? In what ways did those inform the popular imagination that helped to produce this revolt? What are the differences between the Nepalese context and those other contexts?** The uprisings share clear commonalities including widespread corruption, exclusion, entrenched power held by nepotistic families, government censorship, and heavy foreign interference. Sri Lanka, Indonesia, and Nepal each have histories of communist movements and their eventual failures. An interesting connection between Nepal and Indonesia is the presence of active anarchist movements and the cultural influence of the anime “One Piece,” which symbolizes for the youth in both countries their fight against authoritarianism. The key difference is that Nepal’s communist movement successfully came to power but subsequently became corrupt and abandoned its promises, fueling popular disillusionment, whereas in Indonesia and Sri Lanka, the communist government failed to come to power. **On the basis of your recent experience in Nepal, do you have any advice for people who are participating in grassroots resistance in other parts of the world?** Effective resistance must combine organized education, agitation, and readiness for spontaneous mass insurrection. Preparing people to push societal movements in the right direction is critical, especially to manage the power vacuums created when a government collapses, which are often seized by capitalist forces aiming to restore the old order. Old elites will try to reclaim power, but the revolutionary population in Nepal has demonstrated a fierce refusal, destroying infrastructure and physically confronting leaders. However, this uprising was not fully prepared for what happens next. Until now, our efforts have focused mainly on education and protests, without envisioning post-collapse structures. Our advice to comrades worldwide is to prepare not only for revolt but for non-hierarchical structures and societal rebuilding once regimes fall. **What are anarchists and anti-authoritarian groups doing in Nepal? What concrete things can we do to support anarchist and broadly anti-authoritarian efforts in Nepal?** Anarchist and anti-authoritarian groups in Nepal are conducting workshops, talks, screenings, exhibitions, music events, as well as direct actions in the street. The majority of our anarchist collectives believe in organization without hierarchy, fostering open conversations even with communist radicals who genuinely seek egalitarian societies. We believe solidarity within the leftist movement is essential, so we judge by actions rather than ideology alone. To support these efforts, we urge spreading awareness about ongoing human rights violations, including the deaths of at least 72 protestors, many of them youths, killed for demanding an end to corruption and totalitarianism. Those responsible must be held accountable and justice pursued without delay. A message from September 13, 2025: “Those who are collaborating with the police. You are forgetting that they have killed our children. Those who are saying the vandalism, the burning, the looting is wrong. You are forgetting that it’s the result of the collective anger that was there against this regime for more than 40 years. That it’s the result of the capitalist hell where normal civilians never can afford things that they are bombarded with through advertisements. Do you think the Kathmandu elite were there looting in Bhatbhatani [Nepal’s largest retail chain]? No, those were working class people and middle class. Do you think Bhatbhatani has suffered that big of a loss? They have insurance. Hilton hotel has insurance. Do the parents of the dead children have insurance of millions of rupees?” 1. Meter-byaj is a form of lending with exorbitant interest rates. A protest movement has gathered momentum against this over the past few years. ↩ 2. In June 2019, thousands took to the streets to protest against a bill that would nationalize centuries-old community and religious trusts. Known as “guthi,” this system for maintaining temples and traditional public spaces and organizing festivals is rooted in the Newar community indigenous to Kathmandu Valley. ↩ 3. The civil war that concluded in 2006. ↩ 4. A movement for the rights of Madhesis Tharus, Muslims, and Janjati groups in Nepal, with waves of activity in 2007, 2008, and 2015. ↩ 5. Lipulekh is a Himalayan pass on the border between India and Chinese-ruled Tibet. The Nepalese government has made claims to the southern side of the pass, which has been under Indian administration since British colonial rule. ↩ 6. Surgeon and healthcare activist Dr. Govinda KC has carried out 23 hunger strikes demanding reform. ↩
crimethinc.com
October 5, 2025 at 11:48 PM
Voices from the Uprising in Indonesia : Affan Kurniawan Lives on in the Streets
A wave of protest exploded across Indonesia at the end of August 2025. In this report, we present an interview with an imprisoned Indonesian anarchist author along with various statements from anarchist groups that have reached English-speaking outlets since the uprising began. * * * Following weeks of protests across Indonesia in response to austerity measures, demonstrators gathered in massive numbers the week of August 25 to accuse Indonesia’s political elite of callousness and corruption. The Indonesian government provides parliamentary representatives with a monthly salary of 100 million rupiah (around $6,081)—roughly 30 times the minimum salary in Jakarta, where the country’s highest wages can be found.1 Anger erupted when reports circulated that representatives were receiving an additional 50 million rupiah every month as a housing allowance. This news broke in the midst of intense inflation, a new round of austerity measures, and worsening poverty. Labor unions, anarchists, students, leftists, youth, and other protesters filled the streets the week of August 25. They experienced harsh repression at the hands of police serving the current president, Prabowo Subianto, who previously served as minister of defense. On August 28, an armored car from the National Police’s Mobile Brigade struck and killed Affan Kurniawan, a 21-year-old delivery worker who was making his way to deliver food. A demonstrator in Indonesia holds a sign reading “Affan Kurniawan—killed by police.” In response to the murder of Affan, delivery workers, anarchists, and youth from a range of other demographics erupted in revolt. Demonstrators ransacked multiple police stations, burned and looted politicians’ homes, and torched government buildings. This situation forced the prime minister to skip China’s Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO) summit. The government has suggested that it might cut some of the benefits afforded to politicians and some of austerity measures that sparked the uprising. However, President Prabowo Subianto has doubled down on repression and called in the military, resulting in at least six deaths—including a student beaten to death by police in Yogyakarta, Java, and a pedicab driver who died from tear gas exposure in Solo, Java. The full death toll remains unknown. Ruled by Dutch colonialism until 1949, Indonesia remains bitterly polarized, with tremendous disparities in resources and power; in the 1960s, violence targeting members and alleged sympathizers of the Communist Party of Indonesia (PKI) claimed at least hundreds of thousands of lives. The contemporary anarchist movement emerged in the late 1980s, thanks in part to the efforts of punk bands. The police introduced an “anti-anarchy” division in 2011, and in multiple incidents, those perceived to be anarcho-punks have been kidnapped and incarcerated in state-sanctioned re-education camps. Nonetheless, the anarchist movement has continued to grow in the face of adversity. With unprecedented state repression taking place across the planet, the brave actions of the rebels in Indonesia are deeply inspiring for those who reject the capitalist world order. Demonstrators in Indonesia have reported a variety of forms of crackdowns on digital communication, and these are likely to intensify if the conflict continues to escalate. We hope that this preliminary report can draw attention to the situation, encouraging people elsewhere around the world to learn more and act in solidarity. Affan Kurniawan will not be forgotten, nor his killers forgiven. Solidarity with the courageous ones ensuring this in the streets. _-Anarchists in solidarity with the uprising in Indonesia_ Protesters gather outside Jakarta Regional Police Headquarters. * * * # A Conversation with Anarchist Prisoner and Author, Bima Bima is an anarchist writer, translator, and independent researcher from Indonesia who has been imprisoned since 2021. He remains active behind bars as a member of an anarchist federation. He is also the founder of the do-it-yourself publishing house called Pustaka Catut, and author of the book _Anarchy in Alifuru: The History of Stateless Societies in the Maluku Islands_ published by Minor Compositions. You can support Bima via the Patreon and learn more from a previously active FireFund campaign for them. We conducted this interview with Bima in the first days of September 2025. **How would you like to introduce yourself?** I am a writer, a prisoner, and a member of an anarchist federation that chooses to remain anonymous for security reasons at this scary time. **Can you provide some context on the current uprising?** This wave of rebellion starting in late August 2025 was caused by the accumulation of anger over various political and economic issues. There was no single issue. But everything escalated due to massive increases in house taxes across the region due to the government’s budget deficit. At the same time, members of parliament received a tenfold increase in wages. This was exacerbated by officials’ often arbitrary statements. For example, the Regent of Pati (the politician in charge of overseeing local government, policies, and public services in the Pati Regency, Central Java, Indonesia) said, “that taxes would not be reduced, even if a mass demonstration of 50,000 people took place.” Pati was the first city to explode with a turnout of around 100,000 people on August 10, 2025. Protests against the tax increase spread to Bone (in South Sulawesi Province), then to other cities. During a demonstration on August 28 in Jakarta, a delivery worker for an online food delivery app was killed after being run over by a police vehicle during protests. The following day, demonstrations spread to many cities, and they continue to this day as I write you. At least six civilians have been killed directly as a result of police repression so far, several officials’ homes were looted, and half a dozen House of Representatives offices were partially burned or burned to the ground. We were confident that this rebellion would subside, but the public’s anger did not. Students confront police during a protest at the Regional Police Headquarters in Jakarta, Indonesia, August 29, 2025. **What types of groups have been involved in the uprising? And to what extent are they unified?** There are many organizations, networks, and groups formulating demands. One could say that each city even has its own unique demands. Generally there are two “revolutionary” demands: the first from the socialist party of Indonesia, Perserikatan Sosialis (PS), and the other, a loose, informal, and decentralized network that issued the Declaration of the Indonesian Federalist Revolution 2025, which calls for the dissolution of the unitary state and the DPR (Indonesia’s House of Representatives) system and its replacement with a Democratic Confederalism of thousands of people’s councils for the implementation of direct democracy. Ahmad Sahroni, a member of the House of Representatives (DPR) from the National Democratic (NasDem) Party, called these demands “stupid.” This resulted in his house in North Jakarta being attacked and looted on August 30. Insurrectionary anarchists, individualists, and post-leftists focus on attacks and street clashes, calling for the destruction of the state and capitalism, but without bothering with a platform or a program of demands that simply calls for the reform of what already exists. Generally, there is no united front, but we avoid excessive ideological sectarianism. Unfortunately, there are also progressive liberals with more reformist demands, such as the 17+8 demand (a “pro-democracy” activist slogan calling for reformist demands to be met by September 5, 2025). This group is highly influenced by liberal online influencers urging the protests to stop. These influencers have gone so far as to claim that the protesters will be responsible if the military declares martial law due to the resistance demonstrated in the streets (typical recuperative centrist gaslighting and demonization of revolutionary resistance and organizations). Fortunately, all the left-wing and anarchist elements agree that the protests should escalate. We don’t know what will happen yet, as this discourse war is still ongoing. Honestly, there are too many groups involved in the uprising to offer a simple answer. The entire left-wing and anarchist movements from various organizations took to the streets, but there was no united front. In each city, progressive elements of society, whether university students, labor unions, or even schoolchildren, consolidated their actions. Some actions were organic and emerged as uncoordinated community initiatives, such as the attacks on police posts and stations, in which several of them were burned. A police traffic post burns on August 29, 2025. **How are anarchists contributing to the uprising?** I’m a revolutionary pessimist, influenced by the discourse of anarcho-nihilism. But I still advocate social revolution because there is no empty social space. Indonesia is the most multicultural archipelago in the world, with thousands of ethnicities and languages. A discourse of separatism is surfacing in some regions. Some nobles from ancient monarchies are pushing for revivalism. There are also authoritarian Islamic fundamentalists and jihadists who want a caliphate in the country. So I think it’s impossible for revolutionaries not to offer their program as an alternative to all these bad possibilities. The wave of rebellion is a symptom of the impending great division, and anarchists must take a role. Otherwise, the choices are bad. Very, very bad. **What do you think will come of this uprising? And what do you see for the future of the anarchist movement in Indonesia?** I’m pessimistic about this. We’ve established ourselves in several cities, but we’re relatively weak overall, even though we’re fundamentally quite militant. We’re influenced by the Uruguayan approach of Espesifismo, which involves two-tier organizing. This means that in addition to joining political organizations, we also join grassroots organizations like labor unions, student organizations, indigenous organizations, and so on. We still use the classic definition of revolution, but this requires a strong people’s organizational base to make it happen. Despite this, the recent uprisings have been repeating themselves like a routine cycle since 2019. This excites us because it means we must push ourselves to keep pace with the popular uprisings and the will of the masses. But we must grow and increase our militancy to remain relevant with the pace of people’s rage. I don’t believe there will be reform unless there is a violent overthrow of power and the incumbent promises reform. The current ruling class has formed a bloated coalition that embraces all of its former opposition and “gives them a piece of the pie.” So far, we are the only members of the informal, decentralized anti-authoritarian network calling for the president and vice president to be removed. The problem is, there hasn’t been any demand for their removal. So, reform will still take time, and an anarchist revolution is impossible due to organizational weaknesses and the absence of progressive labor unions capable of leading a national strike. However, the people’s organic demand to dissolve parliament through the hashtag #bubarkanDPR [“disband the DPR”], the involvement of a more diverse mass of people in the protests (Indonesia is known for romanticizing student vanguardism in 1965 and 1998), and the use of violence, represent progress that would have been unimaginable a decade ago. Anarchists have played a crucial role in this. Still, I personally don’t think the anarchist movement will lead to an anarchist revolution, even if the opportunity exists. But it could exert a huge libertarian influence through a united front working within established groups. For example, the proposal for a revolutionary democratic confederalism, which is actually in line with classical anarchist proposals, would likely be accepted by the entire spectrum of the existing left and separatist national liberation movements in some regions. Maybe. The 2020 protests against the Omnibus Law were also significant, but this year’s uprising is the bloodiest, the most devastating, and the most engaging (we saw a significant amount of radicalization among elements of society). It still hasn’t surpassed the escalation seen during the fall of Suharto’s militaristic regime in 1998. However, I’m confident that could happen soon. Unfortunately, I’ve been warning since yesterday that when the awaited moment arrives, we won’t be ready for revolution, even though we will respond mainly by participating in street battles. Anarchists blockaded roads and burned objects during riots at night in Bandung City, West Java, while carrying red and black anarchist flags and the One Piece Jolly Roger. * * * # Other Voices from Indonesia In addition to interviewing Bima, on September 2, we received the following report from Reza Rizkia in Jakarta: > The wave of demonstrations that began on August 25, 2025, across Indonesia continues to unfold, leaving behind a trail of tragedy and unrest. What started as a protest against the proposed Rp50 million monthly housing allowance for members of parliament has grown into a nationwide movement with broader demands: the evaluation of parliamentary performance, police reform, and an end to excessive use of force by security forces. > > On August 28, tensions escalated after a motorcycle taxi driver, Affan Kurniawan, was struck and killed by a Mobile Brigade (Brimob) tactical vehicle in Bendungan Hilir, Jakarta. Footage of the incident spread rapidly across social media, sparking solidarity protests from students and online driver communities. The tragedy became a turning point, expanding the scale of demonstrations both in the capital and across the country. > > Violence soon spread to other major cities. In Makassar, protesters set fire to the regional parliament building (DPRD), killing three staff members trapped inside. In Solo, a rickshaw driver named Sumari died in clashes, while in Yogyakarta, student Rheza Sendy Pratama was killed during a demonstration outside the regional police headquarters. Another victim, Rusmadiansyah, an online driver, was beaten to death by a mob after being accused of being an intelligence agent. Some reports also point to additional casualties, including a vocational school student in Pati. In total, at least seven to eight people have lost their lives amid the unrest through the end of August. > > The government has responded with condolences. President Prabowo Subianto ordered an open investigation, while the National Police Chief and Jakarta Police Chief issued public apologies for the casualties. Seven Brimob officers linked to Affan Kurniawan’s death have been detained and face legal proceedings. Still, public anger shows little sign of abating. > > As of September 2, demonstrations remain ongoing in several regions with sustained intensity. Thousands of protesters have been detained over the past week, peaking on August 29 when more than 1,300 people were arrested in a single day. At the same time, the Alliance of Independent Journalists (AJI) reported cases of violence and interference against journalists covering the protests. > > The late-August demonstrations mark one of the largest protest waves in recent years in Indonesia. With the death toll mounting, mass arrests, and widespread property damage, the public now awaits whether the government and parliament will respond to citizens’ demands with genuine reforms—or risk allowing the crisis to deepen further. The red-and-white national flag was lowered, replaced by the anarchist red-and-black flag and the One Piece Jolly Roger flag (now a popular symbol of resistance in Indonesia). The building that burned was the House of Representatives of Pekalongan City, Central Java. * * * When the uprising began to enter international headlines, anonymous anarchists wrote multiple statements describing the situation from their perspective using the pen name _Archipelago of Fire._ We wanted to include their voices here as well. ## August 25, 2025 “Jakarta no longer belongs to the rotten elites. Thousands from every corner of the land stormed the capital. This is not just a protest, it’s a collective eruption of rage against rising housing taxes, endless corruption, and the military-police dogs of the state. “From dawn till midnight, the streets turn into a battlefield of defiance. Screams, fire, and stones become the people’s language of fury. “This is not some puppet show of the elites; this is raw anger, untamed, leaderless, and impossible to control.” ## August 29, 2025 “Angry youth are rising up, triggered by rising taxes and a repressive military. There’s no organization; the insurrection is being spearheaded by young anarchists, nihilists, and uncontrollables. Many young anarchists from high school student associations are being arrested. The high schoolers are the energy. Around 400 of them were arrested on August 25, according to reports. Most of the actions are coordinated live on social media. “Usually, some liberal union or opposition party controls the narratives, but not this time. Even mainstream media acknowledge that social media is the source of the documentation. Politicians cannot control the narratives any longer. It’s been a tradition for decades that executive student bodies normally are stewards for these kinds of demos, but each year, these brokers are getting outed. By the students themselves. That’s why NGOs, unions, ‘civil anarchists,’ and student associations of the left and right hate the anti-organizational faction. “Fuck them all. We provoke the youngsters to act for themselves. “Individuals are no longer spooked by ideological duty, norms, and all those external values. “Last night (August 28, 2025), police murdered someone. Nationwide riots ensued against the tax rise. In several cities, the riot was organic and self-organized. The police’s public image continues to crumble, as the people support the rioters. Cells coordinated other things, and most nihilist-insurrectionary announcements are dominating the narrative. “Anonymous social media accounts with thousands of followers are calling for anti-political insurgency. Every day, they make good calls and explanations. “The union brokers announced they would be on the streets and ‘there will be no riot,’ but the youngsters and rioters mock them right away on social media. We give it up to the youngsters. We can only stimulate them to be more uncontrollable. At night, the internet went to shit. While “civil anarchists” call for people’s councils, we call for fuck everything. Only providing networking coordination and street action technical facts. We never really organize people. “As of Friday, August 29, anarchists basically control the narrative. People are responding nationwide to a call to attack police stations and the police themselves. The mass media lost control of the information and news. “Our network keeps calling for revenge since the police murder last night, and it’s getting hotter. The cells are in the streets. “You can see the uprising on various news outlets, though all the good videos are only on social media.” -Archipelago of Fire > “This is beyond our prediction. Usually, during a demonstration, protesters only threw rocks or burned a tire in front of the office. They never stormed into the building or burned it.” > > -Anonymous anarchists in Indonesia Anarchist graffiti seen in Lamongan, Indonesia during the current unrest. * * * # Support Links * Indonesian Safe House Network * * * # Further Reading * Indonesia Uprising: “A Collective Eruption of Rage” [September 1, 2025] * Anarchists on the Wave of Protest in Indonesia [2024] * A Brief History of Anarchism in Indonesia [2022] * Under the Radar? The Changing Face of Repression Against Anarchism and Punk in Indonesia [2021] * Anarchism in Indonesia [2017] * Call to Arms: Insurrectionary Solidarity with Indonesia * * * # Social Media * Serikat Tahanan—A prisoners’ union collective, run by anarchist inmates * Anti-Feminist Feminist Collective (Anarcha-Feminist Group) Footage from the riot that destroyed the House of Representatives building in Pekalongan City, East Java. A person shoots fireworks. 1. There is no standard minimum salary in Indonesia; it varies by region. However, according to ASEANBreifing, the minimum standard in 2025 is roughly between 2,053,777.8 rupiah ($125) and 5,536,984.96 ($337), depending on where you live. ↩
crimethinc.com
September 14, 2025 at 11:37 PM
A Demonstrator’s Guide to Operational Security : Fighting Back, Staying Free
How do police and federal agents identify and target those who participate in demonstrations? What countermeasures can we take to hinder this kind of repression? In this anonymously submitted text, one affinity group explores how they address these questions. Once upon a time, only those who intended to engage in high-risk confrontational protest activity had to concern themselves with surveillance and security. Today, surveillance and policing are becoming much more invasive and arbitrary. Even if you never violate any law, the state may nonetheless seek to make an example of you. Everyone who might participate in a demonstration at some point should familiarize themselves with the security protocols that radicals have developed over the years. If you are new to demonstrating, do not be intimidated by all of these considerations. The more people take the streets, the safer it will be for everyone—and nothing could possibly be more dangerous than remaining isolated and passive, letting the police state come for all of us one by one. This guide simply outlines how to maximize your safety while engaging in protest activity. For more general background in the subject, start by reading about how to form an affinity group in which to participate in demonstrations, how to plan direct action, and how to dress in matching clothing in a demonstration, in what is often referred to as a black bloc. The appendix includes a host of related material. * * * # No Face, No Case? While it is certainly a good idea to don a mask before engaging in protest activity, what clothing you wear is only one of many questions worth considering. You can reduce the risk of being arrested and prosecuted by applying an array of countermeasures—also known as operational security measures, or “opsec.” If, despite your best efforts, you nonetheless find yourself in handcuffs, having thoughtfully applied these countermeasures will minimize the usefulness of any evidence against you. _No trace, no case._ # Preparing for the Demonstration A demonstrator protecting their community from tear gas. Note how their jacket is hiking up, potentially revealing more than they intend. Make sure to pick clothing that will keep you fully covered in any position. ## Honing Plans When our affinity group meets to prepare for an action, we try to give ourselves enough lead time to go over everything. To begin with, what are our goals? Where is the demonstration taking place and what details do we know about the location? Do we have everything we need? Who’s bringing what, and how do we plan to get it there? Will others we know be coming as well? At what point will we want to leave, and how? Does anyone have particular fears or concerns? Demonstrations can be inspiring opportunities to act effectively alongside other people. They can also be upsetting and traumatizing. It’s important to discuss any limits to your personal capacities that could be relevant to the rest of your affinity group. For example, does someone have an injury that could limit how much running they can do? Does someone’s choice not to wear glasses during a demonstration inhibit their long-range vision? How familiar are you with the streets in this area of the city? Are certain scenarios likely to trigger feelings of panic due to past experiences? There is nothing to be gained from pretending we have no fears, traumas, or physical limitations. We want to support each other so that we can be as effective as possible together. In discussions ahead of demonstrations, there is a tendency to make generalizations. _“It’s always like this.” “It’s clear that the cops will act this way,” “This will definitely work.”_ It’s best to avoid definitive statements and remain open to what _might_ happen. We try to focus on clarifying our personal goals and making sure that we will have everything we need to act when opportunities present themselves, while trying to imagine what the most likely opportunities will be. It’s a terrible feeling to see a window of opportunity open when you did not prepare adequately because someone said “that’s not going to happen.” **Try not to overplan.** We aim for flexible preparation: we think about what we want to do and prepare to do it while staying open to the unexpected. We’ve found that if we discuss something for hours, it often proves not to be particularly helpful because events turn out differently than we anticipated. We’re not talking about small-group actions in the middle of the night that can be planned out in precise detail, but demonstrations involving a large number of people in which many factors develop dynamically. That said, knowing the lay of the land is important; it can help you to identify interesting routes and to outwit the police. Some demonstrations involve a pre-planned route; in those cases, it can be helpful to walk it beforehand to see where there might be good areas for changing clothes, bringing in material, and exiting. Make note of camera coverage, dead ends, bottlenecks, and opportunities. **But don’t underplan, either.** Don’t take it for granted that someone else is going to kick things off. If you want something to happen, you may have to be that someone. Likewise, it’s better for a bag of materials to go unused than to lack what you need at a key moment. If we want to bring tools or resources that could attract the wrong kind of attention and there is a risk of bag searches around the meeting point of the demonstration, we will wait to join the demonstration until it starts moving and the police shift their focus from monitoring the perimeter to crowd control. If we don’t know in advance which route the demonstration will take, those who are transporting materials use bicycles to get in and out; this also limits the amount of time they are visible to police flanking or tailing the demonstration. Hiding materials along the route can work, but too often, this has failed us after the demonstration took an unexpected turn; these days, we prioritize other solutions. It’s helpful to think through how police tactics have evolved in your context. Is the local riot squad in good shape? Do they often use the tactic of “kettling” a crowd, blocking all exits to make mass arrests? Do they often target the meeting points of demonstrations in a particular way? What kind of tear gas do they use, and what situations have they used it in? When do they use rubber bullets? What other patterns can you recognize in their behavior? Your local police department likely studies demonstrators’ tactics and develops crowd control tactics in response. These will also change depending on available personnel, police resources, and other issues, such as whether political or legal developments have made certain crowd control tactics impracticable. Demonstrations are inherently unpredictable, and it is difficult to anticipate what the police are planning on any given day, let alone what they will do if something surprises them. For this reason, we try to take a broad, historical perspective in our analysis, aiming to think through how the tactics and strategy of repression vary according to context rather than simply asking “What happened last time?” and expecting it to happen again. For a more structured approach to planning, try “threat modeling”—considering the capabilities and motivations of your adversaries, reflecting on how you might be vulnerable to them, and deciding on countermeasures that will reduce those risks while enabling you to achieve your goals. For inspiration, you could take a look at the No Trace Project’s Threat Library and their tutorial, which explores threat modeling in the context of a black bloc. To emphasize this—if you are planning for an action in a single small group, you should probably focus on achieving one or two concrete goals and remain flexible beyond that. If you put together a complex plan based on a series of contingencies that are beyond your control, things may not work out as you anticipated. If your plan does not allow for flexibility, it may be wise to carry out it out and then focus on leaving safely. By doing what you have prepared to do and doing it well, you may be able to create a context in which others can also accomplish their goals. A black bloc demonstration in Bandung, May Day 2019. Photograph by Frans Ari Prasetyo. ## Getting Everything Together Obtaining everything you need to carry out a plan can cost money: gloves, new clothes, materials, travel, and other expenses. We try to share the costs among ourselves in such a way that no one experiences financial stress. We make all purchases in cash, and we make any sensitive purchases in advance, spreading them out between different stores and wearing clothing that preserves our privacy, such as a hat and an N95 mask. For each significant item, we think about how investigators might be able to reconstruct where it was purchased and we remove any relevant serial numbers or RFID tags. **We treat any clothing that will be visible while participating in ablack bloc as disposable.** Some people wear their personal rain jackets and simply tape over the logos, but we consider this insufficient. If we participate in high-risk activity while wearing particular outfits, that will be the last time we wear them. We’re careful to minimize any features of the clothing that could be used to distinguish us from other people in the bloc. Sometimes it is enough to cover a logo with black marker or remove the stitching, but it is better to find items without logos in the first place. We prefer baggy clothing because it helps to conceal the shape of one’s body. Here are some guidelines for shopping for a disposable layer, listed from head to toe: * **A black mask that doesn’t show eyebrows.** One option is to fashion a t-shirt made of some breathable fabric (such as cotton) into a mask, as this can be tied to conceal the eyebrows and upper nose completely. Boxer briefs can also serve this purpose. Alternatively, it is possible to reduce the size of the eye holes in a breathable balaclava by adding a few stitches on each side. * **A nondescript pair of black sunglasses.** Without eyewear, police photographers can take high-resolution photographs of your eyes and identify your skin color. To prevent these from fogging up, we apply an anti-fog spray we recommend this one] to the lenses beforehand. You can swap these out for tinted swimming goggles in anticipation of pepper spray, or impact-resistant goggles if rubber bullets are a risk. If need be, you may be able to obtain prescription sunglasses or swimming goggles, since it is better not to wear contact lens if you might be exposed to [chemical weapons. For night actions, you may need sunglasses with a lighter tint; always test your gear ahead of time in the same conditions in which you will use it. * **A nondescript black hoodie or jacket.** If the police in your area sometimes use paint munitions to distinguish demonstrators, it can help to wear a _second_ layer of black clothing that can be removed if it is marked . Waterproof clothing (such as a rain jacket) is best for this purpose, because it will hinder the marker dye from soaking through to your additional layers. * **A pair of black gloves.** We like to use work gloves that have smooth rubber on the palms because they won’t tear easily, the palms are non-permeable, and they allow for good dexterity and grip. However, smooth rubber gloves can retain fingerprints on the outside and even pass them on to objects you handle; clean them before an action and take care not to leave prints on the outside while donning them. The alternative is to use cloth work gloves, though these can inhibit dexterity. If you may need to handle tear gas canisters, which remain extremely hot for some time after police deploy them, make sure to use heat-resistant gloves. * **A pair of nondescript black jeans.** Optionally, to better disguise our body shapes, we sometimes wear black tear-away jogging pants over the jeans (easier for quick removal), or sweat pants (easier to find, and a small vertical cut can be made to the ankle fabric to facilitate pulling them off without removing shoes), or rain pants (better for withstanding paint munitions). * **A pair of large black socks pulled over shoes,** taking inspiration from the anarchists in Chile. In several cases, the decision not to take this extra precaution has resulted in descriptions of footwear becoming the primary evidence in court cases. These socks must be a large enough size to fit easily over your shoes. To facilitate quick removal, use scissors or a knife to cut two one-inch slits along the ankle of each sock, one along the instep and the other along the other side; this will cause of the front of the sock to fold over, forming a “tongue,” which you can grab in order to tear off the sock rapidly. * * * How to make a t-shirt into a mask. Depending on how frequently demonstrations are happening, having to obtain clothes for each one separately can take a lot of energy, so we usually buy several of each clothing item and store the extras at the house of a trusted friend. Shoplifting materials offers one way to avoid memorable interactions with the person at the cash register, but if one is suspected of shoplifting, the store may keep the CCTV footage for longer than they would otherwise—and being caught in the act could enable the authorities to connect the dots. **When packing for the demonstration, we apply a “need-to-bring” standard,** similar to the “need-to-know” standard we apply when sharing information about our plans beyond our affinity group. If anyone is arrested, whatever they are carrying could be harmful to them or others—a flyer for the demonstration could be used to establish that that the arrestee attended intentionally, the contents of a wallet could provide investigators with a wealth of new information, a day planner could reveal information about relationships. For this reason, beyond clothing and plan-specific materials, we keep it minimal. Our standard is to carry a single piece of identification in case of arrest or injury, as well as some water and a few energy bars or similar snacks. If you take a daily prescription medication, you can bring a few doses in a prescription bottle in case of arrest. It is also important to have enough cash for a taxi or public transportation or to blend in at a café or restaurant afterwards. If relevant to the local jail context, you may need to bring coins for making a call in the case of arrest. Beyond that, leave everything else at home. Check your pockets and bags for stray items like flyers, receipts, zines, and notes. Even if you don’t get arrested, anything you bring is one more item that could get lost in the chaos to be picked up later and potentially linked back to you or others. How to make a t-shirt into a mask. You can also use boxer briefs or other ordinary tight-fitting clothing items. In contrast to the model in this video, you should make sure to cover your eyebrows. ## Keeping Everything Clean After a demonstration, it’s common for a forensic team to search for items of clothing and tools left near the demonstration route or dispersal point—so it is important to be careful while handling, storing, and transporting materials. **We never touch any tools we plan to bring without wearing gloves, to make sure there are no fingerprints on them.** It is easier to avoid leaving fingerprints on something in the first place than to rely on removing them with an acetone-soaked cloth, which can be less effective on some types of surfaces. For example, on a metal surface, fingerprints can leave an imprint which must be removed with an abrasive material like sandpaper. In some cases, it may be important to try to keep materials free of our DNA. Skin cells, hair, saliva, blood, and sweat are all sources of DNA—and unlike fingerprints, DNA cannot be reliably removed from an object once it has been contaminated. A good starting point is to put on a _fresh_ pair of non-permeable gloves (i.e., rubber dishwashing gloves rather than cotton or the like) before handling objects, without ever touching the outside of the gloves. The likelihood of DNA forensics being used seems to be directly proportional to how expensive the testing is in a given jurisdiction. Some countries already have forensic labs that enable the collection of DNA evidence even for the investigation of minor crimes, but in the United States, DNA testing is not yet common for evidence collection at demonstrations. If DNA is found on a moveable object, the person it is associated with could have interacted with that object weeks earlier, so it is less convincing that someone was present at the scene compared to if their DNA is found on a stationary object such as a smashed window. It is impossible to avoid leaving DNA traces on clothing that has been worn, so we make sure not to leave clothes behind whenever DNA forensics is a consideration. Note how this demonstrator in Chile has pulled socks over their shoes to conceal their footwear while endeavoring to protect their community from this water cannon. Mysteriously, however, they are not wearing gloves, and wearing a sweatshirt with a recognizable design on it. ## Preparing for Repression and Raids An essential element of preparation is planning for worst-case scenarios. Repression always hits hardest when you aren’t prepared for it. Finding yourself in police custody with no idea who will be your lawyer, take care of your dog, inform your boss that you will not make it to work, or pay your bail is rough. We prepare collectively for every demonstration as if we might be locked up for at least one night—for example, by having a lawyer on retainer and memorizing their number. This may sound emotionally draining, but we find that it actually empowers us to act more freely. Other ways of preparing could include giving someone a spare house key, arranging for child care or pet care, arranging for someone to pay bail or rent, sharing the logins for an email account or collective social media account, and the like. Another important question to consider is—if police search your home for evidence, will they find any items that could help them build a case? Of course, everyone will have to answer this question contextually, but the important thing to remember is that one never knows when a house raid will occur or what the police might be looking for. Therefore, we should make sure that our homes are always as free as possible of materials that would be interesting to a prosecutor. **As a general rule, don’t store anything particularly sensitive at home.** It’s not always the single incriminating item that is a problem, such as an article of clothing caught on surveillance footage—we also avoid what we call the _sketchy collection._ Some examples of things we don’t keep at home are fireworks, slingshots, too many items of the same type of clothing (gloves, masks, black hoodies), and the like. Sensitive items must be stored somewhere, of course. One option is in the homes of trusted friends who are unlikely to experience a search themselves—though once again, in order to avoid creating a collection of items that look suspicious together, it can help to store different items in different locations, or distribute them between the homes of different friends. Another option is to hide items outdoors in a place no one will stumble upon them, where it is possible to access them without being observed (buried in a forest far from any paths, hidden in the ceiling of an abandoned building). As for the items that we keep at home, we don’t store them on a “demonstration” shelf, we keep them where they belong—for example, a sealed package of gloves with the cleaning supplies. Our lawyer should be able to provide convincing, legitimate reasons for anything in our homes. Demonstrators in Chile in 2019. ## The Cop in Your Pocket Police investigators often analyze the phone and computer use of suspects in order to try to build a case against them. The culture of smartphone dependence that has become normalized throughout society over the last decade makes their job much easier. On the other hand, whereas the state could once remotely monitor unencrypted voice calls and text messages, this is no longer the case thanks to the widespread adoption of encrypted messaging apps like Signal. The chief threats have assumed other forms. When it comes to phone surveillance today, there are three main areas of concern: **covertly activating the microphone, location tracking,** and **data retrieval.** Of these, **covertly activating the microphone** often receives the most attention, but it is actually the least likely, as it requires the most resources. The phone must first be infected with some type of malware in order to covertly activate its mic to turn it into a “bug.” Generally, this means that the device must be specifically targeted for infection. As for **location tracking,** a phone’s connection to cell towers inherently reveals its location to the mobile service provider, and this location data can be accessed _retroactively._ Just by knowing a phone number, police can quickly map everywhere that phone has ever been and easily display patterns and connections over a given period of time—for example, the preceding year, or the week before the demonstration. If one of us is arrested, even the dumbest cop or prosecutor may think to ask who we were with and where we were in the time leading up to the arrest. The automatic location tracking of cell phones makes this information easily accessible. Anyone who could be targeted for investigation should know that carrying their phone with them as they go about daily life can give investigators a more or less comprehensive understanding of who they organize with, as it is easy for them to analyze which phones are regularly in proximity. It is of particular interest to the police to know who is participating in a meeting—if everyone arrives at a meeting with phones, it is easy to determine who was at the meeting, even if all the phones are turned off beforehand. The only way to defend against location tracking is to avoid habitually carrying your phone around in the first place—to leave your phone at home on a regular basis, not just for sensitive meetings and demonstrations. The more that our communities collectively implement this practice and resist the dominant norm (for example, by making plans in advance rather than relying on constant digital availability), the easier it will be to change our practices on an individual level. As for **data retrieval,** if the police gain physical access to a phone, we must assume that they will eventually be able to read its contents. Arrests are often accompanied by a warrant to seize all phones and computers, and many police departments have contracts with companies like Cellebrite that develop technology to bypass disk encryption. A leaked document from July 2024 shows that Cellebrite can unlock almost all Android and iOS phones (with the exception of GrapheneOS, a security-focused variant of Android that we recommend). It’s also important to keep in mind that encrypted messaging apps like Signal do not solve this problem. No mobile phone app is capable of “disappearing” messages from a disk in a way that will ensure that a forensics specialist cannot recover them, because truly erasing data requires reformatting the entire drive. To get an idea of what type of phone data the police are interested in, read the testimony of a J20 defendent whose phone was seized. It is inconvenient to be careful with our phones, but it is even more inconvenient to end up behind bars. The extensive possibilities for phone surveillance become less threatening when we treat our phones as untrustworthy and leave them at home whenever possible. As stated in a recent security proposal, “Carrying your phone with you has security implications for everyone you interact with.” Whenever you type something into a phone, consider the possibility that it could eventually be read aloud in court. All truly sensitive conversations should take place in person, outdoors, with phones left at home. Phones are useful for exchanging non-sensitive information or scheduling a meeting time, but not for communicating anything that could be interpreted as evidence of criminal conspiracy. If a plan requires remote communication, consider anonymously purchased “burner phones” or walkie-talkies. Whenever we are compelled to use digital technology for anything sensitive, we exclusively use the Tails operating system, a Linux variant which runs from a USB stick and leaves no trace on the computer. Take note that the only trustworthy disk-encryption for computers requires using a Linux operating system—it’s not possible to rule out backdoors in Windows and macOS because their source code is not publicly available, and security researchers have repeatedly broken Windows disk encryption. # In The Streets Demonstrators in Berkeley, California on February 1, 2017. ## Becoming Anonymous When a black bloc forms, participants usually change into their matching black clothing near the meeting point of the demonstration. Individuals filter into the area in civilian clothing, change into black bloc attire to join the black bloc, then change back into civilian clothes to leave the area afterwards. In order to ensure that no one can make a connection between your “civilian” and “bloc” clothing, it is important that these two outfit changes are not documented or witnessed by police, journalists, or anyone else you wouldn’t trust with your freedom. For the same reason, once you start to change clothes, you should do so immediately and completely, with no intermediate stage mixing together elements of both outfits. You can be seen in either civilian _or_ black bloc clothing, but not in a mixture of the two. Even in your civilian outfit, it’s better if it is still difficult to identify you; again, a generic N95 mask and hat can go a long way without attracting too much attention. Rather than assembling at a convergence point, black blocs can also form on the move, which can make it more difficult for the police to get footage of people changing. This can be easier within a larger crowd. We change into our bloc clothes in the best place we can find that is out of the sight of cops, surveillance cameras, and filming smartphones. The ideal spot is outside the immediate area that the police are focused on but close enough to the convergence point that you can reach it without being stopped. If there is no better option, we withdraw as deep into the center of the crowd as possible and change while huddled behind banners and umbrellas. Whenever possible, it is better to change beneath awnings, overpasses, or other forms of cover that block the view of drones. In some cases, there will be police specifically tasked with identifying people, and investigators may spend hours afterwards going through all the available footage. It is a good idea to practice changing into and out of the bloc layer ahead of time to make the process quicker and less stressful. If our outfits serve their purpose, police will have a more difficult time distinguishing between individuals, keeping track of who is who, and providing convincing testimony in court. After changing, we quickly check each other to make sure that no hair, eyebrows, or (ideally) skin remain unconcealed, no clothes from the “civilian layer” are visible, and no other details such as scars, piercings, or tattoos are exposed. To carry materials, we generally favor plain black tote bags over backpacks, as the latter are easier to distinguish. Some backpacks can compress well when worn under a hoodie; this can be helpful for carrying gear we don’t need immediately, such as clothing. If we are going to use protective gear (body armor, helmets, gas masks and goggles), it may be a good idea for participants in the black bloc to decide collectively on a specific model in advance—this way, even if the protective gear has some distinguishing features, at least it won’t be possible to distinguish a black bloc participant on that basis alone. Sometimes, instead of wearing _black_ bloc clothes, a group makes the decision that it is more appropriate to participate in a demonstration as a _light_ bloc. In this case, rather than dressing head-to-toe in black, participants conceal their faces while wearing everyday clothing such as nondescript hoodies or rain gear, choosing dull colors such as gray and brown. The idea is to blend in with other demonstrators, since police can more easily identify and target a clearly distinguishable bloc. However, if arrests do occur, it can be easier to convict a “light bloc” demonstrator than a demonstrator participating in a black bloc. Wearing “nondescript” clothing does not render the participants indistinguishable, so it will be easier for an undercover cop, informant, or spectator within the demonstration to reliably track someone they witnessed taking a given action, and easier for a prosecutor to establish a convincing continuity between the person who was seen committing an action and the person who was later arrested. Wearing black clothing with no logos that looks virtually identical to what many others are wearing makes it much harder to establish such continuity, whether through testimony or surveillance footage. Black clothing is hard to distinguish from other black clothing, in contrast to colored clothing, which has distinct shades. The color black also absorbs the most light, making it less likely for body characteristics and details like pockets and hemlines to be identifiable in video footage. For these reasons, we generally prefer to wear all black whenever there are enough people participating to make it effective. The logic of wearing all black is fairly self-evident, so the tactic has the potential to spread widely in the streets. For instance, during the protests in Philadelphia after the dismissal of charges against the cop who murdered Eddie Irizarry, one report noted that masked looters and rioters were overwhelmingly wearing black clothes. ## Making Decisions in the Heat of the Moment Group decision-making can be difficult when time is short in stressful circumstances. During planning meetings, we aim to discuss proposals extensively and make sure that all the participants have a chance to explain their positions—but that’s not always possible during a demonstration. Consequently, we make sure that everyone is matched with a buddy or two that they stick with throughout the demonstration, so that they can make time-sensitive decisions in smaller, more agile groups. It’s usually impossible to know whether there are undercovers within earshot, so we’re careful not to use anyone’s real name during demonstrations. We choose a temporary (one-time only!) group name to call out when we need to regroup during a chaotic moment or to signal that we all need to touch base. We also create temporary aliases to identify ourselves if it seems necessary, although simply pointing can usually do the trick. It’s important to avoid panic or spreading rumors. We try not to make decisions based on unverified information, but rather on what we can observe directly—for example, paying attention to how police are moving in terms of gear, numbers, and vehicles rather than assuming the worst when things get scary. When sharing information, pass on what you have witnessed (“I saw the front line of police putting on gas masks!”) rather than the inference you are drawing from it (“They’re going to gas us!”), so the people you are addressing can draw their own informed conclusions. When reporting what you have seen yourself, you can use the SALUTE (Size/strength, Activity, Location and direction, Uniform/description, Time and date of observation, Equipment) or ALERTA (Activity, Location, Equipment, Response requested, Time and date, Appearance) protocols to maximize the usefulness of the information you convey. Demonstrations can become very fast-paced, which can make it challenging to communicate with each other in a thoughtful way, sometimes resulting in hurtful or frustrating interactions. This can be quite difficult to navigate in the moment, especially since everyone reacts to stressful situations differently. We usually find it’s best to address these kinds of dynamics later on, during a debrief. There are tools for reducing the negative impact of this stress on our physical and mental health and relationships. Every affinity group can benefit from learning about somatic practices for regulating the nervous system under stress and incorporating these into their street action routine. ## Police Surveillance It is always possible that undercover cops will try to infiltrate combative crowds, especially in larger black blocs in which no one participant will recognize all of the others.1 If they take this risk, their goal will probably be to watch who is engaging in high-risk actions, note what those people are wearing after they change clothes, and follow them after the bloc disperses in order to arrest them with the assistance of other police in the area. Several years ago, in one North American city, demonstrators verbally confronted undercover police, who pulled out extendable batons. At subsequent demonstrations in that city, the undercovers either showed up in such a large group that they were impossible to miss, or—apparently—didn’t show up at all. The police are unionized, and even their high salaries aren’t enough to persuade them to risk injury when they can avoid it, especially given that undercovers can’t carry recognizable police protective gear. The uniformed cops policing the demonstration will often be filming in some capacity, and the quality of this footage can be quite good. Police departments are already using drones to carry out surveillance of demonstrations. Police typically analyze at least some of this footage in real time, while the action is still happening, to facilitate targeted arrests during police charges or in the moments following the dispersal of the demonstration when there is no longer a collective capacity to fight back. If we ever see police pointing at someone, especially commanding officers, we make sure to let that person know. Sometimes, this may be just for intimidation purposes. If this happens to you, changing clothes when they are focused on you may not solve your problems if the police are able to maintain a line of sight. The last thing you want to do is burn your exit outfit when you are already a target. Make sure to get safely out of their view before you change clothes. ## Other Forms of Surveillance Not only the police will be filming—surveillance cameras, spectators, and even other demonstrators may also be shooting footage. Many participants in the George Floyd uprising were arrested and convicted solely on the basis of this type of evidence. Filming those engaged in high-risk activity is functionally equivalent to testifying against them in court, regardless of your intentions. We try to foster a demonstration culture where there is zero tolerance for filming (whether livestreamers, journalists, or other demonstrators with smartphones), inspired by how black blocs in Portland have sought to normalize this collective expectation after several court cases hinged on this sort of evidence. **The sooner that cameras are removed from the demonstration, the better—ideally, before anything happens that they could document.** It’s important to give people who are filming an opportunity to put their devices away when asked. Participants or supporters can distribute flyers during a demonstration that explain why filming is not tolerated. While some livestreamers will stubbornly try to continue putting others’ freedom at risk in hopes of building a social media following, most people simply haven’t given much thought to how filming ultimately helps the police. In any case, when someone continues filming after being told not to, it is perfectly reasonable to assert a boundary. Rather than getting into a distracting scuffle, one option is simply to cover their lenses with spray paint, using a fat cap designed for graffiti, which has long reach. Unfortunately, even legal observers who exclusively film police arrests can still make it riskier to resist arrest or to de-arrest arrestees. There are many ways to contribute to impeding police that don’t require creating documentary evidence that could be used against people. Barricades, reinforced banners, shields, umbrellas, extinguishing tear gas, lasers, fireworks, flagpoles, fire extinguishers, smoke screens, caltrops , and paint can all serve to prevent arrests from happening in the first place. Even ordinary cloth banners can play a helpful role by blocking photographers. For this reason—not to mention for the sake of making the messages painted on them visible to spectators—participants in a march should not carry banners in the midst of the crowd, but rather should line the front, sides, and back of the march, holding the banners high enough to conceal the bodies of the participants without blocking their view of the streets around them. Even well-meaning photographers can pose a threat to demonstrators. ## Other Threats Police will probably be the most powerful threat you have to contend with, but they may not be the most dangerous one. Far-right reactionaries can act more unpredictably and with less restraint. In the United States, at least, this can sometimes involve vehicular attacks or firearms. During the George Floyd Rebellion of 2020, in order to protect crowds against automobiles, it became common practice in some cities to flank demonstrations with cars. This model has obvious drawbacks—it can slow marches and inhibit their mobility, as well as exposing the drivers to legal risk. Regarding the threat of shooting attacks, you should know the location of the closest hospital with a trauma center and have a plan regarding how to reach it; read this guide detailing how to respond to gunshot wounds during demonstrations. You can attend demonstrations in bullet-resistant body armor, but often it is best simply to focus on remaining aware of your surroundings and quick on your toes. For now, the likelihood of being endangered by a driver or shot at during a demonstration is not much greater than the likelihood of being endangered by a driver or shot at in any other situation in the United States. The question of how to deal with firearms at demonstrations raises a host of other questions which are beyond the scope of this text. ## Beneath the Paving Stones, the Beach Against a well-resourced adversary trained for symmetrical conflict, the chief strength of demonstrations lies in mobility. Riot police have to carry a lot of heavy gear; this makes it difficult for them to keep up a jog for very long. Their strategy tends to rely on short sprints to disperse or “herd” a crowd before they have to pause or get into a vehicle, and police vans need the streets clear of barricades in order to keep up with a demonstration. Keeping this in mind, if the numbers are on our side when the cops charge, it is often not necessary to run, and in any case it is important not to panic. A demonstration that moves too fast tends to become less compact, and this can make it easier for the police to single out demonstrators for targeted arrests or to split the demonstration. At the same time, there are also moments when it may be crucial for a small number of people to act quickly. For example, when a small number of police attempt to form a line to kettle demonstrators, if enough demonstrators can get on the other side of the line, the officers may choose to withdraw rather than risk being surrounded. In Germany, the slogan “five fingers make a fist” has described a variety of tactics involving small groups penetrating police lines in order to come together in a large group on the other side. Historically speaking, projectiles, fireworks, and barricades can obstruct police from advancing. If you attend a large number of demonstrations, you may end up in a situation in which people are using some of these tactics. Regardless of whether you ever choose to participate in them yourself, it is important that you understand what those people are doing and why. If people begin employing projectiles, it is crucial to emphasize to everyone that they should only throw things from the front of a crowd. When people throw projectiles over the heads of other demonstrators, this can result in serious injuries. The same goes for throwing projectiles at a target that has people in front of it or beside it. However good the aim, objects sometimes bounce off windows and hit those nearby, or send pieces of broken glass flying. Riot police are equipped with expensive taxpayer-funded protective gear, but demonstrators or passersby could be severely injured. We have seen groups collect projectiles beforehand in order to empty bags full of them onto the ground between the crowd and the police at the opening of a confrontation, enabling those who arrived empty-handed to join in. Stones and hammers can both break windows, but each entails different security considerations. Stones can serve a wider array of functions; when no longer needed, if left in an appropriate setting, they will attract less attention from a forensic team than a hammer would. Hammers can be safer to use in a chaotic or crowded situation. They can be used over and over, they are easier to aim, and they are helpful for windows, which are more liable to break when struck in the corners, where the glass is more rigid. If someone breaks a window with a hammer, this will spray tiny particles of glass onto the clothes of anyone nearby, and police have special flashlights to detect these traces, whereas stones can be thrown from a sufficient distance to avoid this issue. Another risk associated with using hammers to break glass is cutting oneself—for example, if the momentum causes the user’s hand to go through the window when it breaks. With a properly weighted construction hammer, a flick of the wrist alone can suffice to generate enough force to break most windows, while holding the arm still and away from shards of glass. Increasingly, banks, corporate chains, and government buildings are outfitted with expensive windows that are difficult to break. The glass may be thicker and laminated with special layers, or it may feel especially bouncy, typical of polycarbonate panels. We don’t know of a simple method for identifying these stronger window types, and we recommend against spreading myths to the effect that some broad category of windows is “unbreakable.” Often, more force is simply needed, or multiple strikes to the same corner. Chunks of an exceptionally dense material such as porcelain may be more effective than stones. The Molotov cocktail has been glorified as a symbol of resistance for several decades. But romanticization can be dangerous, obscuring safer and more efficient means of achieving the same goals. Unlike a bottle of accelerant in its original packaging, a Molotov cocktail is legally classified as an “improvised explosive device,” and this intensifies the sentencing guidelines for possessing or using one. Anyone who is considering making or using one should reflect long and hard on the risks involved, including the possibility of serving significant prison time. The bottom line is that, just as nothing is more dangerous than the imposition of authoritarian “law and order,” there is nothing safer than a city that has spiraled out of control. When the police give up trying to dominate the entire terrain and limit themselves to defending fixed territory,2 many things become possible that are otherwise impossible. # Disappearing Without a Trace ## To Fight Another Day It is important to recognize when the cops have succeeded in regaining control of the situation. Once most of the crowd has dispersed, it is probably time to withdraw. Whether to go home at this point depends on how likely it is that things will pick up again, or if there is still activity somewhere nearby. However, it is best to avoid “grazing”—when groups of people who have just changed out of their bloc clothing mill about in one place, waiting to see if something exciting will happen, without taking any initiative themselves. This provides the police more opportunities to make arrests, while generally not achieving anything useful. **We pay special attention to whether anyone appears to be following us in the minutes after we change out of our bloc layer, so that we can evade them before they have time to coordinate an arrest.** We don’t gauge this threat based solely on whether someone looks like a cop—if the police have any sense, they’ll be assigning undercover roles to those who do not look like officers. Rather, we watch to see if any stranger trails us after the demonstration has dispersed. We turn frequently so that anyone in pursuit is forced to make the same illogical series of turns to keep us in sight. If anyone does this, we have to act as though they are an undercover cop or informant. We continue walking calmly until we turn the next corner or otherwise escape their line of sight, then immediately sprint, seeking to break their line of sight repeatedly until we lose them completely. Ideally, we should have escaped by the time they realize that we are evading them. We may keep jogging to exit the area, taking routes that are harder to intercept by bike or car or track via drones—for example, up or down flights of stairs, or through parks, malls, transit stations, pedestrian bridges, and tunnels. We can’t emphasize enough how useful it has been to learn the basic techniques of parkour for things like jumping a fence without rolling an ankle. It’s always a difficult decision whether to dispose of our bloc clothing and materials soon after dispersing or to carry them further away (for example, in a colorful tote bag, shopping bag, or backpack) before disposing of them. We make this decision in the moment, trying to assess the likelihood that our bags could be searched on our way out of the area. Even if the contents of a bag might not be enough to secure a conviction in a trial, catching charges can still mean months or years of stress and inconvenience. We balance this risk against the risk that an evidence collection team could find items in the vicinity of the demonstration and send them to a forensic lab. If you _can_ safely transport clothing and materials out of the area, you should. When we discard things, we seek to take advantage of locations where the evidence collection team won’t easily find them. We aim to use separate locations for ditching materials (which we’ve done our best to keep clean of forensic traces) and clothing (which will inevitably retain at least some DNA on it) so that they can’t be easily associated even if they are found. If we’re going to ditch materials, we try to find discreet opportunities to do so before the bloc disperses so that anyone arrested after dispersal will only have clothing on them. Even if we ditch materials, we may still decide to carry out clothing. When carrying things out of the area, a bag search will be _less_ incriminating if the clothing is indistinguishable from that of other participants in the demonstration. Once we are far enough away from the area, we dispose of everything discreetly—for example, in a dumpster or garbage can. Sometime the following week, we debrief as a group, outdoors and without phones. What worked? What should we avoid in the future? What did we want to do but couldn’t do? What do we still need to figure out? Is there a need for arrestee support? How are people feeling? Should we (securely and anonymously) publish our reflections on the events? What’s next? ## The Best Remedy for Paranoia Is Realism and Good Preparation During the periods of social peace between flare-ups of widespread social revolt, the forces of repression only have to contend with a relatively small number of adversaries. We take all the countermeasures discussed here because we want to be able to continue taking direct action over the long term, even if significant investigative resources are devoted to repressing the networks we participate in. That said, it’s important to keep in mind that in the United States context, the vast majority of cases against demonstrators in recent years have relied on just a few sources of evidence that are easy to address: * **Not wearing a (good) mask.** It’s inevitable that some people will throw down without donning a mask first. Anarchists can anticipate this and bring a few backpacks full of black T-shirts and gloves to distribute. This can be literally life-changing for people. * **Wearing distinguishable clothing.** Thanks to photographs, video footage, and police testimony, and online shopping records, any distinguishable clothing can help identify a suspect. * **Using a phone in an incriminating way** —for example, by sending incriminating text messages, or as a consequence of screenshots, photos, search history, social media use, or the phone’s location history. * **Making purchases in an identifiable way.** Purchases are easier to link back to an identity if they are made in the weeks before the demonstration, when store surveillance footage remains more accessible to investigators. The same goes when purchases are not made with cash, and likewise when serial numbers or RFID tags remain on the items. * **Having incriminating materials found in a house search.** This is why we dispose of all items that can be tied to specific actions and store sensitive items away from home. Too often, discussions about “security” result in people needlessly limiting themselves. Instead, we want to approach this subject in a way that equips us to realize our aspirations and develop a stronger continuity of resistance. While standing up for each other will always involve risk, we can strive not to make it any easier for them. * * * # Further Reading * A Demonstrator’s Guide to Body Armor * A Demonstrator’s Guide to Gas Masks and Goggles—Everything you need to know to protect your eyes and lungs from gas and projectiles. * A Demonstrator’s Guide to Helmets * A Demonstrator’s Guide to Police Batons * A Demonstrator’s Guide to Reinforced Banners * A Demonstrator’s Guide to Responding to Gunshot Wounds * A Demonstrator’s Guide to Riot Munitions * Fashion Tips for the Brave * The Femme’s Guide to Riot Fashion * How to Survive a Felony Trial * Protocols for Common Injuries from Police Weapons * Tools and Tactics in the Portland Protests * Confidence, Courage, Connection, Trust: A Proposal for Security Culture * Dealing With DNA in Practice * Stop Hunting Sheep: A Guide to Creating Safer Networks * Threat Library: Digital Best Practices * You Can’t Catch What You Can’t See: Against Video Surveillance 1. If we make good fashion decisions, people shouldn’t be able to recognize us easily even if they know us, at least not without hearing our voices. ↩ 2. This occurred to some extent in Washington, DC on the afternoon of Donald Trump’s inauguration in 2017, and later that year in Hamburg during the G20 protests, but most spectacularly in 2020 during the first days of the George Floyd Rebellion. ↩
crimethinc.com
September 4, 2025 at 11:21 PM
Catharsis: "Hope against Hope" : A New Full-Length Record from an Uncompromising Hardcore Band
It has been a long time now since our last music release—but desperate times call for desperate measures. Taking up arms against a wave of authoritarianism and despair, North Carolina’s premier hardcore band, Catharsis, has recorded a new full-length album, “Hope Against Hope.” You can now download it from us here or pre-order the LP on vinyl from us here. It’s also available on the usual streaming platforms. This record picks up where the band’s last material left off, continuing to push the envelope in terms of what hardcore can do. They don’t retread the ground they broke on their previous albums, but press forward into ever more abrasive and dynamic territory. Politically, they remain uncompromisingly radical in their lives as well as lyrics. Hardcore draws its dramatic power from the connection between word and deed; this is not a band that has slowed down, toned down, or mellowed out. You can read a review of this record here courtesy of _The Counterforce,_ an underground hardcore publication. You can read an interview Kim Kelly conducted with the band here. True to their roots in the do-it-yourself underground, Catharsis are releasing the album through CrimethInc. in the United States, Refuse Records in Europe, and No Gods No Masters in South America. The band recorded the drums with Benny Grotto at Mad Oak Studios and tracked the rest themselves. For the backing vocals, Catharsis tapped the vocalists of some of their favorite hardcore bands: Gosia (of Poland’s Mind Pollution, Next Victim, and Sorrow), Brazil’s Point of No Return, and North Carolina’s own Scarecrow and Vittna. Mixed by Kurt Ballou at God City Studio and mastered by Scott Crouse, “Hope Against Hope” is as explosive as our times. Twenty-four years have passed since Catharsis released their last record, the split LP featuring “Arsonist’s Prayer,” though they did complete another song from that session for their discography in 2012. But they have been playing regularly together since 2013, adding Jimmy Chang (of Undying and Sect), who left the band in 1995, to the lineup that recorded the “Passion” LP. It was high time to record another album, making the most of material that has come together across two decades. In fact, Catharsis has never sounded better. “Hope Against Hope” is an assault on a self-destructing society and a beacon of inspiration for all who are determined to survive. In the words of the musicians themselves: > We have recorded a new album, Hope Against Hope. > > This is our first full-length release in 26 years. We’ve been working on these songs for a long time—if you saw us on tour in fall 2000, you witnessed an early version of the oldest one. > > We’re still the same band, the four of us who recorded the Passion LP and Jimmy, who left the band almost thirty years ago and had to wait until we got back together in 2012 to resume playing with us. We’re still the same people, just a few years older, a few years angrier, more heartbroken, more haunted by the brutality of our society, more convinced of the urgency of our mission. We are still doing what we have always done, metabolizing our grief into fury, our despair into determination, reaching out to you across the gulfs that divide us, seeking to give hope to fellow rebel hearts. > > It is still true that, if the world we deserve to live in does not exist, then our clumsy efforts to bring it into being are the closest thing to it that we will ever experience, and the best way to mourn our distance from it, the best way to honor it and what is noblest within us. Hope Against Hope is our humble contribution. > > For us, hardcore is not a style of dance music or a marketing strategy. Hardcore is still a secret society at war with the world, a way of living in struggle against everything around us that is petty and servile, a way of fighting to defend the beauty of the world. > > For all, against all. You can download the lyric sheet at catharsis.band. More information about the band is available here, including updates about their upcoming shows. > A record that feels less like a comeback and more like a statement carved out of three decades in the trenches. > > The songs circle around collapse, memory, and resistance — from the bleak opening of “Nocturne” to the anthemic weight of “We Live” and “Last Words.” > > Hope Against Hope is exactly that: a reminder that even in despair, there’s still ground to stand on, and still reasons to push forward. > > -Idioteq * * * Catharsis will be performing in the United States and Europe over the next three months. # US Shows, August-October, 2025 * August 8 - Durham, North Carolina: The Pinhook * August 9 - Asheville, North Carolina: Sly Grog Lounge * August 10 - Atlanta, Georgia: Eyedrum * September 12 - New York City, New York: Property Is Theft, Brooklyn * September 13 - Providence, Rhode Island * October 10 - Raleigh: Kings * October 11 - Richmond, Virginia * October 12 - Washington, DC * October 13 - Philadelphia # European Tour, October 15-25, 2025 * October 16 Warsaw, Poland: Voodoo Club with Point Of No Return, Ghostchant, Moira * October 17 Krakow, Poland: Alchemia with Point Of No Return, Ghostchant, Moira, Reagnition * October 18 Budapest, Hungary: Turbina with Point Of No Return, Ghostchant, Vlky * October 19 Zagreb, Croatia: AKC Attack with Vlky * October 20 Bologna, Italy: Freakout * October 21 Munich, Germany: Kafe Kult * October 22 Vienna, Austria: Tüwi with Vlky * October 23 Brno, Czech Republic: Kabinet MUZ * October 24 Schweinfurt, Germany: Stattbahnhof * October 25 Berlin, Germany: Neue Zukunft with Corrective Measure, Moira
crimethinc.com
August 13, 2025 at 11:07 PM
Picking Fights : Seventeen Years of Organizing in the Seattle Solidarity Network
In the following reflections, participants in the Seattle Solidarity Network share what they have learned in the course of seventeen years of experimenting with tactics via which workers and tenants can act together against bosses and landlords. _For an action-obsessed group like the Seattle Solidarity Network (SeaSol), pausing for reflection is a rare thing. Upon receiving the invitation to prepare this text, we embarked on a collective process that included written interviews with more than a dozen participants with different levels of involvement over the years—exactly the sort of inefficient endeavor that we work so hard to keep out of our regular organizing activities. It was a little embarrassing how high emotions were for people at times, but that also shows just how much SeaSol means to all of us, whether we were in it for a long or even a short period of time. What follows is our best effort to share with you who we are and what we’ve learned over the past seventeen years._ * * * # Prologue There’s a twinge of nervous energy down your neck and a pinch of hunger in your stomach as you walk towards your first Seattle Solidarity Network action. It’s right before dinner time. Weather-wise, it’s the sort of gray, overcast late afternoon that is so typical of this region. You’ve brought yourself to some northern suburb. You’re venturing across a stretch of sprawl that looks like countless others. Even though you can’t recall ever being on this specific block before, the setting feels so familiar. The street signs and pavement remind you of the block where you live. You know from the mobilization email that there’s a restaurant nearby. It’s at an intersection, next to a gas station, across the street from a strip mall. You also know the restaurant’s owners are petty, entitled, and completely obnoxious. They fired somebody from the kitchen for bogus reasons and now they’re refusing to hand over that person’s final paycheck. It’s not much for the bosses—a few hundred dollars—but it’s devastating for the person fired, who has rent and other bills to pay. They’re still looking for their next job. And you can relate. You’ve worked at places like this, for people like this, and they took advantage of you like this. Again, there’s the feeling of familiarity. Then the recognizable hassle of bad jobs in dull neighborhoods gives way to a feeling of excitement in your chest and legs. This is a first for you. Having parked your car a block away, you walk along the sidewalk of an arterial road and approach the meetup spot. You see a small group huddled together with a dozen homemade picket signs. You join them. At the top of the hour, you go around in a circle introducing yourselves. You and one other person are new to this fight. Some others have been doing this sort of thing since the 2010s. The person who got fired is here, too. You get a little briefing on the action to take place: Today, you’re picketing. You grab a sign and march along to the sidewalk in front of the restaurant. You’re in a solidarity network now. You and this odd lot of sign holders, baristas, email writers, phone tree operators, dishwashers, canvassers, apartment dwellers, and leaflet writers. You’ve read about “solidarity” and today you are getting a clearer idea of what it might mean. * * * What follows is a collection of reflections from current and former members of Seattle Solidarity Network (SeaSol) intended to inform current and future organizing efforts. We cover the “who,” “what,” and “why” of the organization, including the principles under which we operate and the lessons we’ve learned. While some of the text is a synthesis collectively written by an ad hoc committee, we’ve tried to center the voices of individual members to show the breadth of experience with the organization and to let productive critique of the organization come through. SeaSol was started with only the most essential anarchist ideological positions. The point wasn’t to create an elaborate organization and set forth a detailed analysis; the point was to attack landlords and bosses, to be combative and effective. To explore the “how,” read SeaSol’s 2011 guide) to building a solidarity network. * * * # What Is SeaSol? SeaSol is a mutual support organization. We use collective direct action to fight for workers’ and tenants’ specific demands. These demands typically address stolen wages, stolen deposits, unsafe working conditions, landlords refusing to make repairs, and discrimination. Unlike service organizations, the expectation is that those who take on a fight will join the organization and show up at other people’s fights as they are able. * * * # Our History Some members of the Seattle branch of the Industrial Workers of the World (IWW) founded SeaSol in late 2007. They wanted to find a way to build a revolutionary proletarian social movement by winning tangible victories despite having only a small number of supporters. At the time, the IWW in Seattle only had one organized workplace. Most of the IWW members were students or other young people with marginal employment—only staying in a given job for a few months at a time. Organizing unions in an era of precarious employment seemed like a stretch. While the IWW (and most radical unions) would focus on one workplace and try to win over a critical mass of workers in that workplace, SeaSol tried to develop more of a class-based organizing approach. Their class politics prompted them to view tenants’ and workers’ issues as inextricably linked and they hoped that by engaging with both tenants and workers they would be able to ensure a broader level of activity for their new organization. Nonetheless, they did take some lessons from the IWW and others. For example, they learned about demand deliveries and workplace mapping from the IWW. Workplace mapping means analyzing who is ready to join a fight, who is loyal to the boss or landlord, and who is on the fence. Early SeaSol was inspired by the Ontario Coalition Against Poverty (OCAP), which did a lot of direct action. They also followed the example set by a courageous friend. Their friend had applied to a restaurant in Chicago. She worked there for one day, which the manager called an unpaid “training day.” Then was told not to come back because she wasn’t hired. She came back the next day with ten friends and demanded to be paid for the day’s work. A diagram plotting “How much can we hurt them?” against “How hard is it for them to give in?” in order to identify which fights are winnable. Here, some of the early SeaSolers reflect on the network’s origins. * **Mickey** : SeaSol started out of a series of conversations among comrades at a time when the anti-globalization and anti-war movements were on their last legs. Many of us had been politicized in the anti-war movement or immediately before that during the anti-glob summit protests. We shared a common critique of the ineffectiveness of the activist culture that these two movements were organized around. We felt that this activist culture was alienating to proletarians by design, ineffective at bringing anarchism to the masses, and ineffective at winning struggles against capitalists. To address these problems, we wanted to build a worker-focused project that made anarchism practical and pragmatic to proletarians. We were motivated by historical expressions of anarchism in the old workers movement as well as more recent iterations of anti-state proletarian activity. We had seen how difficult it was for other groups to start anarchist tenant unions or workplace unions from scratch with few or no resources. We had also been languishing in the Seattle IWW for about a year prior to SeaSol’s start, trying to build the branch through organizing campaigns and not having much success. For these reasons, we settled on a direct action casework model pioneered by the Ontario Coalition Against Poverty (OCAP for short). We also took some inspiration from Vancouver’s Anti-poverty Committee. We initially conceived of SeaSol as a temporary platform to get to a place where we could take on larger tenant and workplace organizing campaigns, i.e., to form an autonomous tenants’ union or industrial union. * * * * **Lilly** : SeaSol was started in fall of 2007 by several people who were also in the IWW. When we were presenting SeaSol’s history, we said that those people were frustrated by the state of leftist movements. Big, show-stopping protests and marches against things like the war in Iraq but very little tangible successes. The war did not stop, waver, or blink in the face of tens of thousands of people convening. The IWW sets the scene for personal resistance in daily labor—why not start there? In the daily interactions that represent capitalist, oppressive macro systems: bosses and landlords. * * * * **David C.** : SeaSol believed in the IWW motto, “an injury to one is an injury to all,” and utilized the AEIOU approach1 to organizing. * * * * **Matt** : SeaSol was created in reaction to many of the perceived deficiencies of the anarchist movement and activist left… Basically, we wanted to do something that required struggle at the level of people’s everyday lives, not struggles against some powerful, abstract, distant force that we were doomed to lose, such as the movement against the Iraq War (from 2003 onward). We also felt disgust with the symbolic protest aspects of anti-war and anti-globalization stuff. The anti-globalization movement was great fun. It was empowering to me and mobilized and radicalized a lot of people, but its ephemerality was evident. When I moved to Seattle from the UK, I was disturbed by the weakness of the anti-war movement. It was clear that many projects and direct action groups that existed for a few years around the time of the 1999 WTO protests had already disappeared, while others, such as Indymedia, were fading away rapidly. SeaSol was founded because we thought we should try to win actual victories, even if small ones, instead playing into the martyrdom of the great but impossible cause and the self-righteousness of “at least we’re doing something” symbolic protests. We also felt frustration that the majority of anarchist projects were not conflict-based. They were infoshops, bookshops, food distribution projects, newspapers, websites—all good stuff, but all auxiliary to the engine of the movement and the school of socialism, class struggle. We believed in collective class struggle through direct action and building a social base. Also, we had had no luck in various unionization attempts with the IWW and were fed up with how specific organizations such as NAF [Northwest Anarchist Federation] were putting the ideological cart before the horse of having a common strategy and plan of action… As an attempt to avoid these problems, we discussed more promising movements: the “direct action casework” of the Ontario Coalition Against Poverty and Canadian inter-union solidarity “flying squads” seemed to be appealing forms to imitate. Unfortunately, there wasn’t a great amount of detail on how those groups operated, so we looked at our own experiences. A friend in Chicago had worked at a restaurant for one day, only to be told it was a “training day” and she wouldn’t be paid. She resolved this problem by walking into the restaurant with a large group of friends and refusing to leave until the issue was settled. We were looking to create something that was the opposite of the flaws we perceived in the movements we had emerged from: a focus on the immediate issues caused by capitalism in daily life as experienced by the general population of Seattle and ourselves, not as activists—specialists in social change—but workers in precarious employment or living conditions; a focus on effective strategy rather than moral force; realistic opposition to targets we could actually overcome; and an approach that placed us in direct conflict with the powerful interests in society rather than one that sought to create an alternative but coexisting culture. SeaSol is itself partially a product of the crisis—without the low pay, unstable jobs, landlords trying to cut corners, and high unemployment, perhaps the group would not have generated the interest and momentum to keep going. * * * # Why We Do What We Do For a more comprehensive description of SeaSol’s organizational model and tactics, see the SeaSol manual. In short, SeaSol’s tactics involve a series of escalating actions that make it easier or cheaper for the boss or landlord to give in than to refuse. The approach varies depending on the person or company on the other side. The first priority is to win the fight against them. * **David C.** : The idea was to have a voluntary mutual aid network of people organizing around individual fights against landlords, bosses, and the powerful committing injustice against workers and tenants. SeaSol was run by its members through “one person, one vote” decision-making processes, and used direct action and escalating pressure tactics to take on winnable fights, which meant not taking on every fight, even if it was a just cause. There were very pragmatic discussions about whether we could produce the pressure necessary to make a boss or company or landlord give in to a demand. If—after conducting research and sometimes having several discussions at meetings—SeaSol determined that its points of leverage or pressure were few or not that strong, or that the demand was unrealistic, we wouldn’t take up a fight. Winning fights was always very important to the SeaSol model from the beginning, and perhaps this is one primary differentiator from other organizing or direct action groups. * * * * **Matt** : I was surprised by our early victories and my morale was boosted. Getting those wins in to demonstrate that direct action works was vital. * * * * **Llama** : There’s so much leftist organizing and electoralism, it’s really refreshing to be involved in direct action that wins fights, even if they are small. And having success when our city (like all cities) is in the midst of constant sweeps and cuts to services. * * * * **Pete** : All the time I spent with SeaSol organizers creatively discussing effective tactics, looking for leverage in fights, and focusing our energies on winning has deeply ingrained a knowledge and attitude toward organizing that I take everywhere. I should add that what attracted me to SeaSol in the first place, which I credit with truly radicalizing me, was that the meetings were focused and concise, fully dedicated to getting shit done. These are the same principles I use in labor organizing, which has had the effect of motivating the people I work with. * * * The second priority of SeaSol is to build capacity. From the outset, the organization had both defensive and productive aspects. On the one hand, it defended a community from exploitation at work, scuzzy landlords, and other predatory behavior. At the same time, through this defensive process—through the demand deliveries, pickets, parties, and even through the tedious meetings—the participants could experience moments of social transformation, of solidarity, winning small fights in order to gain strength, experience, and reputation so that they could take on bigger fights. * **Matt** : By taking on a project of manageable size and starting with a few small victories, we hoped to boost our morale and confidence, increase our experience and strength in numbers, and act as a sort of “propaganda of the deed,” demonstrating the usefulness of direct action, showing that workers and tenants in today’s society are not totally powerless. This also serves to illuminate the true nature of a society divided between workers and exploiters, tenants and landlords. * * * * **DC** : SeaSol did two things. One: it directly addressed the practical problems of wage theft and tenant issues. Two: it served an educational and agitational function. Its momentum came from normal people democratically organizing themselves. It played a role in building capacity and consciousness that intermediaries like nonprofits and law firms—and most unions—couldn’t. In the context of precarious employment, alienation, and cultural amnesia, SeaSol was a transformation of the anti-capitalist energy that had, in an earlier era, been directed into the formal workers’ movement and left-wing political parties. It was a way to take action where we were, a hopeful starting point for something bigger. Capacity building includes spreading our model and training organizers who can go on to organize and take action in other places. * **Pete** : After moving to San Diego from Seattle, I first helped start a now-inactive Solidarity Network. Then, from 2018-2020, I led the creation of a teachers’ union at Education First San Diego. I am now a site representative for classified workers at my new school. I have had a lot of success throughout my time as a labor organizer because of the skills I developed during my time with SeaSol. One recent example is that I organized a demand letter delivery in response to a week’s worth of work being taken from a group of workers across sixteen schools to begin the school year. This resulted in over fifty workers being compensated for a week of stolen wages, and teachers at my school just used the demand letter delivery tactic for an issue they are addressing. * * * * **Jane** : I think the most important attitude I take with me is always wanting a clear-eyed power analysis of conflicts. And I can also facilitate meetings better than any of my coworkers. There’s no substitute for the skills you develop helping a group practice direct democracy. * * * * **Llama** : As direct action mutual aid, I think it works pretty well. Sure, we are not disrupting the system as a whole, but we are absolutely creating a community and network… I think what SeaSol builds for people includes: * Experience in direct action: this can be really scary, but really powerful to participate in. Seasol organizes to help ensure numbers so that actions are safe (as much as feasible, obviously). * Facilitating meetings is a skill. * Internet research on people, organizations, laws. * The (in)effectiveness of The System. * Engaging with passersby at pickets. * How to talk to cops and bosses (Don’t! But if you do…). * Hearing about how people did all the “right things” and can still get screwed over with no real recourse. Let’s look at the tactic of the demand delivery. As the authors of the SeaSol manual point out, it might be quicker and easier to send a demand delivery by mail or email. But the purpose of the demand delivery is not only to communicate a written message to the boss or landlord. The purpose is to empower the participants in the action. When the demand is met, they will know it is because they were there taking a risk and defending someone in their community. Here, we reflect on how our tactics relate to our strategic vision for the organization. * **Dolly** : SeaSol is not a social service… the workers and tenants at the centers of our fights are not provided with a service, but take on equal roles in organizing their own campaigns. Those who are not members of SeaSol when they come to us are required to become members and are expected to show up for others’ fights in the future as far as they can. In a perfect world, it would work out this way every time SeaSol took on a fight. It hasn’t always, though. […] Doing work with SeaSol provides a way better working-class political education than any book. Lots of people come into the organization as some kind of liberal or democratic socialist and leave, or stay, as anarchists. People learn how landlordism works from doing secretary duty (answering phone calls and emails from people who contact us with their problems) and fighting landlords. People learn that the nonprofit-industrial complex is parasitic and unhelpful to the working poor when it comes to affordable housing, because they see examples of how these organizations fail real people week after week. SeaSolers have front-row seats, in real time and in real life, to how governments and legal systems work to keep landlords and bosses in power, and to the fucked up things that they do with that power. These are things that SeaSolers understand on a visceral level from hard experience, not just intellectually. The knowledge you get from reading about some stranger’s experience on Reddit, or a philosopher’s opinion in a book, is very different. SeaSol learning is not just an idea you entertain, but something you confidently know and are ready to convince others of. * * * * **Jane** : I think the basic question at the start of SeaSol was how to grow working-class power in a non-authoritarian and democratic way. Most jobs aren’t union (the most obvious form of collective power), and most unions aren’t very democratic anyway. I came to SeaSol while also volunteering with my union. I worked really hard as a shop steward, volunteering maybe fifteen hours a week running around signing people up as members and handling grievances. And still, despite being kind of in an “inner circle” of activists, I felt there was an _inner_ inner circle of paid staff who ended up using my energy as free labor but not giving me a real say in the direction of our organizing. My input felt like a sham. It was all very well-intentioned, but as paid, full-time staff, they just spent so much more time on the work that the dynamic was maybe inevitable. So on a personal level, to start something new with SeaSol offered a degree of input in trying to build power on the left that I didn’t have anywhere else. * * * * **DC** : SeaSol was not about providing services. It was about building solidarity, about theorizing our response to the disunity of capitalist life, and about acting collectively. Actions are open to everyone. Solidarity brings the group together, not the arbitrary circumstances of one’s social situation. One advantage of this approach is that it doesn’t limit activity within one sphere of one’s life—the job, the apartment, the circle of friends. So participants in the solidarity network relate to each other in many different ways. Mostly, we’re just “comrades.” The common cause of people who join campaign after campaign is more than just challenging the individual power of this or that boss or landlord; it is opposition to all the brutality of the everyday indignities of capitalism. […] I first attended a SeaSol action around 2010. I was visiting Seattle from out of town and an old IWW contact told me to come out and see what SeaSol was doing. I had experienced some wage theft and other employment issues from working in food service, but I hadn’t seen an organized group of people addressing those sorts of issues. For most people—even most people in the IWW!—workers’ militant direct action is merely theoretical or historical, provided they think about it at all. Opportunities for that sort of unionization are just vanishingly slim. Even when unionization opportunities are present, we often lack the skill, consciousness, and group cohesion to take advantage of them. SeaSol’s model overcame some of the limitations of the IWW approach. Whereas the IWW focused on union organizing campaigns at discrete workplaces, SeaSol built campaigns for the whole class of workers and renters. At the same time, SeaSol’s actions had a narrower focus and were appropriate to our circumstances; instead of the years-long efforts to organize unions (typically at workplaces where turnover outpaced the campaign), SeaSol made demands that could be articulated simply and met promptly. […] SeaSol prioritized the effectiveness of actions above anything else. I don’t think Jane McAlevey2 was a conscious influence on the group, but “organizing to win” is the ethos of SeaSol. In the earlier years, social retreats and parties helped promote group cohesion. These were the high points, though it’s hard to say whether, and to what extent, the solid sense of group cohesion was the cause or effect of successful actions. * * * * **Ike** : In terms of passing on the theoretical and strategic framework—we don’t talk much about theory, and what we do talk about is pretty surface level. Most of the discussion is about strategy and tactics. Frankly, I think that’s really valuable—there are plenty of places talking about leftist theory online, but when it comes to anti-authoritarian practice, there are fewer places to learn it. If folks do take an interest in theory, there are lots of people in SeaSol who would be open to the discussion. * * * * **Four-Fingered Fisherman** : It felt like a meaningful disengagement from appealing to electoral politics for me. The previous mass movements I had been a part of could not escape the recuperative energies of that kind of appeal. Like those movements, the solidarity network model focused on the individual acting in concert with others as the engine of change, but it changed the target. It exposed the various nexuses of power that are, most importantly, within striking distance and enabled communities to take immediate and impactful action against them in a way that the mass movements I had been a part of were largely missing. […] There was also always an acute focus on the model, following the chain of escalation, etc. I think it would be fair to characterize the model and the effectiveness of actions as one of the topmost priorities for SeaSol. This can be a double-edged sword, because any form of dogmatic adherence to something can create the kind of structural rigidity that ultimately ossifies and kills a project. SeaSol mitigated that particular risk by placing an emphasis on debriefing after every action and acting on issues identified in those spaces. […] As I came to learn the solidarity network model and begin working to help implement it, I felt for the first time that I was participating in something that had a high potential for creating transformative spaces for people. After participating in two moments of great social rupture that inevitably simmered back down to the status quo, it felt like the next logical step to take the energy that I had for those and put it towards developing something specifically to the benefit of the people around me rather than acting in the abstract. […] Despite the fact that I am no longer currently organizing with SeaSol, my time working on the project represents some of the most foundational and important political activity that I have ever been a part of. It created space for me to grow personally, to expand my organizing capabilities while doing the same for all of the people we took on fights alongside. It secured meaningful, material victories for people, showing them that those could be achieved by direct action. It did all of this while intentionally avoiding getting sucked into electoralism even while Seattle had a self-identified socialist sitting on the city council. Perhaps most importantly, it did this in a way that kept many people engaged with the project for years, parents included, in a setting that tends to lack the cultivation and maintenance of intergenerational relationships. * * * * **Llama** : I joined in late 2018, but the attraction of direct action that gets the goods has been the main draw for me. The revolutionary fight against late-stage capitalism seems never ending, so it’s really nice to engage in activism that: 1) has a start 2) gets someone out of a bad situation 3) has an end. * * * * **Javabean** : There is often a tendency for leftist organizations to see themselves as institutions of political theory that view struggle as secondary to politics, dedicating an excessive amount of time to discussing theory in groups in an attempt to create a singular, cohesive political identity. SeaSol does not prescribe its members’ politics, it doesn’t try to guide its organizers’ understanding of theory. If a meeting starts to veer too far into broad discussion of theory and political identity in general, we will put effort into refocusing on the relevant topics, which are never theoretical. Someone needs their paycheck, someone needs their apartment keys, etc. The politics of SeaSol are the collective politics of its members, and what keeps that state of political being from spinning off is very much a social model of organizational structure: people with toxic politics will find SeaSol an unpleasant place to be, and eventually be shown the door. It’s not a perfect system, but I’ve never seen a perfect system, and at least we spend our time fighting fights. * * * * **Lilly** : I’m not sure anyone actually presented it this way to me, but when I joined (in 2009), I remember thinking SeaSol was designed to make every person at the center of a fight into a traditional organizer with SeaSol. This would turn out to be a narrow view of organic organizing; it played out seldomly in SeaSol. What happened more often was a ripple effect or branching: an activated person in a community or social group could motivate four or five fights while being at the center of just one of them. Most people who had fights continued to come out to actions for years, and in some cases, forever. * * * # Some Highlights SeaSol has been around through many waves of struggle and organization—the antiwar movement, the 2008 financial crisis, Occupy, Black Lives Matter, the pandemic, and the Palestine solidarity movement. Over the past seventeen years, SeaSol has taken on around sixty fights. So far, we have registered a full or partial victory in roughly nine out of every ten of the fights we have completed. We estimate that around 2000 people have engaged with SeaSol in one way or another. Around 400 have become members of the network. * **Lilly** : Once, we were fighting a developer who sat on the board of an environmental NGO. We hoped to get a flyer detailing his racist employment behavior into the hands of as many people attending this NGO board event as possible. They held their event at a restaurant that had limited public sidewalk and a private parking lot, which made it tricky to distribute the flyers. Another organizer and I dressed in our fanciest clothing, hoping the attendees would infer that we had a relationship to the event venue. They did, and every single car stopped to roll down their window and take our flyer. On a picket line outside of an apartment building, a property manager came out to the line to explain how she was “just doing her job,” claiming that she was “trying to help and really cared for” the person at the center of the fight, whose deposit was being stolen. The property management company had actually produced pictures that were verifiably not from the SeaSol member’s apartment. We were coming out of a solidarity network conference and had other solidarity network organizers in town. Perhaps because they were backing us up, or because it was a rowdy action, or because I have been a renter the entirety of my childhood and much of my adult life and have visceral memories of scrubbing apartment walls in hopes of getting a deposit back, something in me just gave way. I verbally tore into the property manager. She knew this was not right, she knew she was stealing $350 dollars from a family that needed it to put down at another apartment—and for what? For a company that routinely steals deposits, knowing people won’t normally advocate for their return. If she cared about the person at the center of the fight, she would advocate to her bosses for the return of the deposit. If she couldn’t do that, she’d better not come out to the line trying to tell us shit. It must have registered, because I remember looking at her face as it broke and she just started crying before running inside. I’m not usually the schadenfreude type, but that knowing she heard and at least momentarily understood the pain she was causing others in this world meant a lot to me. * * * * **Dolly** : The Admiral Pub fight was one of my all-time favorites as far as what it showed SeaSol can achieve. Lucio, who was a cook at the Admiral Pub in West Seattle, was arrested by ICE and detained. The owner of the business, Eric Galanti, stole his paycheck. Lucio had family members still in Seattle who joined SeaSol and fought and organized on Lucio’s behalf while he was incarcerated and subsequently deported to Mexico. Lucio’s nephew, Luis, was active in the fight. We did a lot of pickets for several months at the Admiral Pub, and then at Bourbon Jack’s, another bar Galanti owned in the neighboring town of Kent, Washington. During that picket, the Kent police approached us to ask Luis to talk to Galanti with them. We all sat down, and Luis faced his uncle’s boss. The boss was flanked by cops. Luis was flanked by SeaSolers. Vuvuzelas could be heard blasting down the street. The normal power dynamic in this group had shifted, and I could see and feel it. The power was with Luis and the rabble of protest kids! The rich business owner was powerless, and the cops were decorative but useless. Galanti cut Luis a check for the full amount of wages he had stolen from Lucio . We walked away victorious. We walked away with a powerful experience that showed how direct collective action can shift the power dynamics in unjust situations to win demands for the working class. * * * * **The Four Fingered Fisherman** : Hands-down the most impactful moment in my time with SeaSol was our fight against a regional hotel chain called Silver Cloud, which fired a long-time dishwasher named Prospero for a no call no show the day after he suffered a massive heart attack while working in their dishpit. Prospero waited for months while we wrapped up another fight, showing up to every SeaSol meeting and supporting that other campaign before we could begin with his. Once we initiated his campaign, he fought for what was owed to him with a joy, determination, and consideration for his friends who still worked there that was almost unbelievable. We fought those bastards alongside him for months and finally won after confronting the multi-millionaire owner of the hotel chain at his lakefront home several times, just blocks from where Jeff Bezos was then living. The day that Prospero received the check from them in the mail, he treated himself to a film at the theater and quietly passed away without having cashed the check. Fortunately, we were able to assist in ensuring that his family was able to cash the check so that he could return to them one final time. Prospero’s indomitable spirit enabled him to hang on to life just long enough to put the bastards who wronged him in their place, in hopes that it would prevent them from doing the same thing to the rest of his friends there. That memory will stick with me until the day that I join him in the great unknown. * * * * **David C.** : For me, one highlight was the fight against Borracchinis Bakery in 2012 to ensure that workers had the right to take breaks during their shifts. Seems pretty straightforward, no? This fight was a long one, and became one of SeaSol’s more public fights against a storefront institution in South Seattle. We had informed the media in advance of a big action against the Bakery, and the Seattle right wing mounted a response. They were there to disrupt our protest. We held a large action with a sizable turnout, and to me, on that day, SeaSol operated very effectively: comrades standing strong, arm in arm, as conservative jerks yelled in our faces as the media watched. “Cop talkers” handled their duties proficiently, ensuring that police left us alone and allowed us to continue our action. We chanted fun things like “No Breaks, No Cakes!” I felt deep solidarity in the group and loyalty to SeaSol as a movement on that day. It remains one of my favorite memories. * * * * **Jane** : One of my proudest moments as a parent was attending a SeaSol picket outside a baseball stadium with my toddler in tow. Even when I was tired and wanted to go home, she wouldn’t let us leave until the picket was totally over. * * * * **DC** : [My favorite memory of SeaSol is] Making friends. Oh, and this one time I ran into a friend’s boyfriend at a taco truck we were picketing. He was a young guy, but he literally worked at Goldman Sachs. When he asked me why I was there, I explained the wage theft thing to him. He was so excited that we were doing direct action. He joined us for a bit and was yelling at the truck owner about how he’s never coming back there to eat. The next day, I saw his girlfriend. Apparently, he had told her all about the fun he had picketing. She half-jokingly told me to stay away from her boyfriend. She didn’t want me to give him any radical ideas. She wanted him to keep on the straight and narrow path to bourgeois wealth. She was sweating. * * * # Lessons and Critiques Our theory was that SeaSol might start with ideologically-committed anarchists, but it would grow to include people from outside “the scene.” We hoped that by winning small but meaningful victories, SeaSol’s direct action casework would attract increasing numbers of people to engage in demonstrations and organizing. The organizing work was supposed to serve both educational and practical ends, deepening and extending the working-class movement against exploitation. We saw some success in this. In Walter Winslow’s 2011 interviews with SeaSol members, every respondent > “who did not initially get involved with SeaSol for any sort of ideological reasons, reported that they wanted to see SeaSol continue to grow to successfully take on larger and more significant problems in society.” One organizer put it poetically: > “the basic motif of SeaSol that I know is we do what we can today so we can do what we want to tomorrow.” SeaSol has measured its success by the fights it has won, but also by its capacity to grow. After seventeen years, how have we fared according to those standards? Of course, the history of working-class movements includes plenty of failures. Capitalism is still here, structuring our lives and our ability to resist its dynamic push and pull. SeaSol is hardly unique as an organization that has failed to overthrow it. We’ve seen solidarity networks based on SeaSol’s model start in several other cities, but to our knowledge, none of those are still around today. This speaks to SeaSol’s success as the organization that has lasted the longest—we have to be doing _something_ right!—but it also suggests some possible problems in the SeaSol model. Fundamentally, we must question the degree to which our project has helped develop class consciousness, taught us about the limits of our power, increased the scope of our demands, and prefigured the social relations and dynamics we desire. Could there be problems with our theories and our model? Certainly, it hasn’t been particularly easy to adapt them to other conditions. The problems we’ve observed relate to some familiar themes: lacking a critical mass; lacking committed organizers; challenges recruiting and integrating new people; burnout and retention; drama and interpersonal conflicts. The critical commentary on solidarity networks (such as this article) suggests some important questions: * Is SeaSol vanguardist? * Does it engage in substitutionism?3 * Can the model be replicated? * Have we successfully navigated race and gender dynamics? * Does the model rely too heavily on key organizers and personalities? * Are we aiming too small? * Is a solidarity network adequate to the problems of capitalism and ecological destruction? * Does this lead anywhere? The following reflections relate to some of the lessons we’ve learned in trying to address these issues. * **Emily S.** : I was sixteen when I joined SeaSol in 2010 and nineteen when I began to gradually break away from the group. (I was already aware of some basic tenets of anarchism and came to a meeting after seeing the words “solidarity,” “mutual aid” and “direct action” on a poster.) I don’t think I became an independently effective organizer during that time, but I learned a great deal and participated in parallel political moments, like Occupy/Decolonize Seattle and the 2011 port shutdown, alongside other SeaSolers. The parts of the group that immediately appealed to me were the focus on winning and the framework for choosing and carrying out fights. My criticisms of it eventually arose around issues of racial dynamics between organizers and between organizers and people coming to us with fights. (Patriarchal dynamics that affected white women were mostly eventually addressed.) One incident I remember, the straw that broke the camel’s back for my involvement, was at a meeting after we had voted to take on a fight with a certain monetary demand. Two longtime organizers had apparently been talking with each other and had decided that for whatever reason, the demand was unrealistic and proposed it should be replaced with a lower amount of money to be more “winnable.” They had not talked about this with the people bringing the fight, who were Latino restaurant workers, and the latter had no input until it was brought up formally at the meeting. While everyone has equal ability to participate in meetings (though as I recall these two workers communicated via a volunteer interpreter, so inevitably more friction was involved), I did not feel that everyone involved was on equal footing and I thought it was disrespectful given that no additional information had been discovered in the interim that would have justified reopening the topic. (I spoke my mind at the meeting, to no avail.) I do not recall which fight this was, and for all I know it went on to be successful, but I know from what I was told afterwards that the workers were not happy with how things went down at that meeting. While I had always felt respected and appreciated in Seasol, I did not feel like I had the social skills or clout to intervene in a way that would be satisfying in the long term, and mostly stopped going to meetings. In my view, this was an example of the concept of winnability being taken too far: toning down a demand for no concrete reason and at a cost to those workers. Another incident was a much more serious mistake. Before the first picket of Boracchini’s, one of the founding members of SeaSol had gone on a local right-wing talk radio show to speak about it, without asking approval from the rest of the group. This led to the presence of many counter-protesters, and one of our members was seriously hurt at this picket. The violence would not have happened if the action hadn’t been publicized to all the wrong people. It was a major blunder, and an inexplicable one given the generally democratic nature of the group. SeaSol provided me with many formative relationships and experiences as a young adult in a way that’s hard to sum up today. The main takeaways I have are the experience of militancy, the willingness to break all the normal social rules and get in the bosses’ faces; the general principles of planning an escalation campaign; and how to use mobilizing lists for actions (something that I later realized is surprisingly rare). While I’ve never been involved in another group with the dedication with which I was involved in SeaSol, it gave me a solid and practical education in core aspects of organizing that are almost universally applicable. * * * * **Javabean** : My realistic critique of that as an overall organizational strategy is that it’s not always easy to recognize when it’s necessary to shift focus to building capacity. I think that we tend to put so much focus on maintaining a fight that outreach and organization building can look like additional work for an already exhausted organizer, which can lead to a diminished organization, and member burnout. There’s no straightforward answer of when to build an organization and when to fight fights. I think the only real answer is to keep the focus on output. If your organization doesn’t create material results, figure out why. It might be that you’re focusing on “recruitment” when you should be focusing on action; it might be the reverse. It might be something else entirely. At the end of the day, SeaSol is more interested in what we can do than in how many people come to meetings. […] To be honest, I think that this question [about what happens when struggles are at a low point] gets right to SeaSol’s biggest weakness, and it can seem existential. When an organization is built on people’s ability to connect and form collective action over material struggle, and it judges its efficacy on its ability to engage and win on that level, then its primary source of energy is those fights. When there isn’t a fight, people get bored, lose interest, and capacity falters. SeaSol has been fortunate to have had members that have the energy to keep things going in those times. As much as I wonder how long SeaSol could survive without a fight, my immediate response to that thought is, “If SeaSol doesn’t have fights, what’s the point of it even existing?” I haven’t been around for a serious existential lull, but I think that historically, the answer is that there’s enough struggle out there to go around, and so we actively look for fights, and that re-energizes the organization. […] Just to get this out of the way, SeaSol can’t be specifically “substitutionist” in any way that I would understand it, because it’s not a political party. SeaSol has no collective revolutionary agenda beyond (arguably) the likelihood that most of its members would hope that the existence of solidarity networks might generally raise class consciousness, contribute in some way to aspirational goals in a way that could be described in terms of base building, or create pathways that might assist in community organizing that is antithetical to capitalist hierarchies. The thing about that is: SeaSol doesn’t actually do any of that. We fight fights that we can win. We’ve literally never talked about revolution or political goals in a meeting beyond those directly relevant to what’s in front of us. [In fact, revolution and political goals have been discussed in meetings that this member may not have attended.] If we were to co-opt a fight, it would be for an agenda that doesn’t exist. There isn’t really a definition of “substitutionism” that I could see being realistically applied to SeaSol in any serious way.” * * * * **Mickey** : SeaSol took off and was far more successful than I think any of us initially imagined it would be. Some of the challenges presented by activist culture that we had critiqued in the anti-glob and anti-war movements followed us into SeaSol, such as voluntarism. But we were able to address other challenges successfully through this new hybrid form of class struggle unionism. For example, we were able to recruit workers from a variety of backgrounds to our network, introducing them to a functional and pragmatic anarchism. The success of the model also made jumping to other forms of struggle very difficult. Expanding our fights between single tenants or workers into larger collective fights that could form the nucleus of future unions continued to be a persistent issue. Our fights often stayed between isolated tenants or workers. We found out that it was fairly difficult to use the solidarity network model to build a tenant or workers union. […] Integrating into any anarchist/left-wing project is difficult and turnover/attrition is inevitable. That said, this is one of the things SeaSol did well. There was a formal system for bringing new people in and making sure they were engaged. SeaSol also offered childcare at meetings and sometimes organized meetings or materials in Spanish, since some members were Spanish-speaking. While there was plenty of turnover, we recruited and integrated many long-term members into our organizing committee. The theoretical and strategic framework was largely syndicalist and somewhat reductionist on purpose. This framework was perpetuated via regular and consistent organizer trainings. There were attempts to organize political education in SeaSol, but I’m not sure how successful they were. * * * * **Dolly** : Revolutionizing the global labor movement and toppling capitalism is a tall order for any single organization or idea. In my twenty-something mind, this was possible for SeaSol. If we fought enough of them, the solidarity network model would spread, and bosses and landlords wouldn’t be able to exploit us anymore. Capitalism would surely fall. For a couple of years there, it seemed like it was happening! Honestly, as I approach my forties and SeaSol similarly enters a slower, more measured and reflective phase, I still believe this model holds key components to the liberation of the working class. We operate using the principles of cooperative self-governance and decision-making. We rely on direct action tactics. We have no paid staff or hierarchy or membership dues. We can definitely improve, but there is a lot about SeaSol that is… perfect. […] Our toolbox of tactics has evolved. We’re really creative, passionate, smart people. What we will do for a $99 fight we believe in is unhinged. We have fought international corporations like Greystar in coordination with other solidarity networks and won. We’ve organized strikes and beaten enormous corporations like Chase Bank that traditional unions wouldn’t dream of touching. SeaSol has also cultivated a tight-knit, positive anarchist community whose members have built lifelong friendships. SeaSolers have strong cross-generational relationships built on real class struggle. Our community fights bosses and landlords together, yes, but we’re also a community of people who care for one another outside of that context. […] Along with attracting top-notch organizers, our organization tends to attract people who see an opportunity to take advantage of a place that doesn’t have any membership dues or barriers to membership and seem to delight in being the center of drama and interpersonal strife. The group has a big problem with being helpless in the face of abusive behavior by such people—it’s a pattern that has repeated itself a handful of times since I joined and I wish I knew how to solve it. Many people have “gotten tired of dealing with [person x]” and left before the group got up the courage to vote [person x] out. We don’t have a great process for doing this, and one solid organizer left over the process itself. […] Group cohesion is generally easy when we have fights and we only intentionally work on this when problems arise. Occasionally, groups of female-identifying SeaSolers (affectionately calling ourselves “SheSol”) have gotten together to address problematic or threatening behavior specifically directed at us. We then brought issues to the group with proposals about how to resolve them, which were approved each time. There have been personality problems over the years, with people doing various things—seemingly intentionally—to disrupt the harmony of the group and manipulate and abuse others emotionally. This has been awful, but we’ve found ways to deal with it each time, by eventually voting the member(s) in question out after a certain amount of damage has been inflicted. There has been talk of establishing a process for dealing with this, but no clear proposals have been made. It’s messy. * * * * **Ike** : I’d say a majority of people who find out about SeaSol don’t end up taking on any role—even something as small as note-taking. My impression is that SeaSol’s default mode of transmitting knowledge is person-to-person, and we could probably make better use of written material and organize it better. For example, anyone can volunteer to be a secretary / facilitator, and new people who have been around for a few weeks are encouraged to do so, but the actual knowledge of how to do it properly is conveyed either through shadowing someone or through SeaSol school, which runs sessions on this topic maybe one or two times per year. I’ve been trying to document the things I was confused about when I joined and I think it’s been helpful. Also, our niche seems to be people who already know they’re leftists and are familiar with the way “orgs” tend to talk. I haven’t seen much success in converting “normal” people to organizing or much repeat engagement with SeaSol from people we helped with their own fights in the last two years. I do know that some organizers had prior SeaSol fights, so that may be a short time span. * * * * **Jane** : On the side of “lessons learned,” we have learned that doing this work does not magically transform people into anarchists or other flavors of lefties. It seems to me that it took a preexisting lefty ideological commitment to motivate people to stick around long term as organizers. But as for a list of people who might show up if we asked them about a compelling fight, that list grew and is pretty large now… In terms of my personal desire to have more influence over my organizing work, I definitely achieved that goal as one of the people putting my heart and tons of hours into the work. But I feel like we were in crisis mode for many years, perennially overstretched, and so not really taking the time to develop or mentor people who maybe wanted to be more involved but hadn’t already developed those skills in other parts of their lives. So it’s possible that people felt that same inner circle / outer circle dynamic that I had felt in my union work, again totally unintentionally. There’s only so many hours in the day and we were trying to win those fights. And organizing work is often tedious and more people want to have opinions about it than want to actually do the work. Regarding unexpected outcomes, it’s the friends you make along the way, right? Actually, I’m still super tight with a bunch of SeaSol folks and it’s been fun seeing how they’re using the skills that we all developed together in other organizing projects, in their jobs, and so on. I think fighting gross misconduct in employers and landlords will never go out of style. As (mostly) anarchists, we were pretty helpless in the face of basic social dysfunction. We’re so inclusive and want to be nice. But people who would have just gotten fired from actual jobs were allowed to stick around for far too long and to be a psychic and emotional drain on the group. When we actually managed to eject one or two, it nearly broke us. If anyone has managed to crack the code on that problem, I’d love to hear it. * * * * **Llama** : From my experience, the focus has been mostly on effectiveness of actions. We have discussed recruitment on and off but have not been very successful—from what I’ve seen, not a lot of fights turn people into organizers and a lot of people come and go. Group cohesion has definitely diminished over COVID-19, as we don’t have as many socializing activities. * * * * **DC** : Of course, SeaSol’s model has its own limits. The tangible returns of even successful campaigns—a $500 paycheck here, a $1000 deposit there—aren’t great compared to the energy and time put into the campaign. (Although I’d argue that the intangible results are more important!) Obviously, SeaSol hasn’t generalized any of its individual campaigns into some bigger revolution. Many people are burnt out from the time, dedication, and courage required. We keep bumping our heads up against the limits of coordination, communication, and alienation. […] SeaSol also isn’t always prepared for a legal counter-attack. We’re vulnerable when an employer uses the courts (lawfare) to harass and intimidate us. * * * * **Lilly** : Regarding failure, almost ten years after I left the organizing team I would still prefer to say “I didn’t give it my best effort,” rather than the truth, which is that I totally did and I still feel I failed. I think I learn more everyday about why it didn’t work “better”—and how flawed and grandiose it is to think “I failed” at social revolution. At one point during organizing, it became almost physically painful when people uninvolved in the daily struggle would ask why it wasn’t “scaling” or picking up speed. And honestly? It wasn’t scaling because of the sheer weight of that metaphorical boulder representing an entire economic system, and the innumerable divisions between us in society. Criticism flowed constantly: why didn’t SeaSol create more community? Why didn’t it scale? Why was it focused on single-worker or tenant fights? Well, it did do all those things and aspired for more, but the reality of constant, concerted oppression was more extreme than I previously understood. Existing under capitalism—let alone resisting under it—is exhausting, demoralizing, and traumatic. Solidarity Networks are a great method to get elbow-deep into resistance, for pushing that boulder around for a few moments, letting someone else under it breathe before it rolls back on top of all of us. I think that is the type of community and resistance building we need, repeatedly, even if it’s barely manageable. If we keep gaining momentum on this boulder, if we keep organizing and shifting it around, we will eventually keep up the momentum to push it off of us for longer and longer periods; I have no doubt that if more people participated in SolNets, we’d see increased community capacity over time. […] During my time, one organizer quit by basically telling everybody how much he hated each of them and especially the relationships that organizers formed. It can’t be reduced to this because there was so much going on at the time, but one point he made was that SeaSol organizing was not really sustainable with a working-class lifestyle. He was kind of right. Doing something that hard and doing it extremely well took a handful of people making SeaSol their entire lives. Now, many of those people were working class, but still. It took a lot. I hope that anyone engaging in solidarity networks realizes that balance is really difficult, but not impossible. The frustration around ease of participation is valid; solidarity networks should try to be as inclusive as possible. And it is not fellow organizers or members who dictate the difficulty of participation so much as the conditions from which all fights originate: capitalism. * * * * **The Four Fingered Fisherman** : I think it is inarguable that the social context has changed; the Trump years, the George Floyd Rebellion, climate catastrophe, and the genocide in Palestine, among other things, have all pulled us in a million different directions, often in reactive way. Moments such as those are always going to shift some of the energy away from a geographically-focused, long-term project like SeaSol. However, I would posit that a serious and strategic assessment of the limitations of these moments, which we continually find ourselves running up against, points us back toward the keystone elements of the solidarity network model and what has made it so successful for SeaSol. In this regard, the most important elements of the solidarity network model that I have taken away from it as it can be applied to the current social context are having a geographically-restrictive focus (even when tied to a broader mass social movement), being regenerative in their capacity, and using direct action to target relevant local manifestations of power. […] While SeaSol was generally pretty intentional about reserving use of its mobilization list and organizing energies for its own demand-specific campaigns, there were moments in my time with the organization when we directly organized to support broader goals. The largest single SeaSol mobilization that I participated in was when we hit our entire mobilization list to bring people out into the streets to face off against the Northwest Hammerskins4 on an attempted so-called “Martyr’s Day” march they were planning in 2015. SeaSol mobilized over 70 people from our list and offered a contingent at the action for our supporters in a context that might otherwise have felt prohibitively dangerous . Beyond using the project itself as a space to participate in broader social movements, however, I have always felt that SeaSol is one of the primary points of entry here in Seattle for new, politically-activated people to come in and quickly develop skills and experience that they can then apply in other spaces. That was certainly my personal experience, and I have seen that play out for many others as well in my time here. * * * * **David C.** : In retrospect, I think we were asking many of the right questions, but there were things we missed or fumbled. While those conversations did happen, sometimes outside of “formal” meeting processes or spaces, we didn’t initially pay as much attention to how we as a group might define “the working class,” what politics should define our approach, how race and gender and class factor into those politics, or what the composition of SeaSol might look like. Often, the thinking was that all this was secondary to winning fights. * * * * **Matt** : We were also inspired by the positive reception we got from anarchist and communist groups around the world. Among other unintended positive effects, it increased the credibility of the anarchist movement around the time of Occupy. We could point to some tangible and practical victories we had achieved. This helped to put us in a position to win the battle of ideas (and organization) against liberal collaborationists. The big problem was scale. It’s great to win a few thousand dollars back in lost wages for a few dozen members, and to help families avoid eviction and so on, but that is a tiny drop in the ocean, so I believed that the model had to grow exponentially to even keep up with capitalist society. That is why I favored speaking tours to spread the model and encourage growth of new groups. This was quite successful in the short term, but most of those groups folded after only a few months to a year. (Perhaps in our enthusiasm, we made it sound too easy.) Another impasse was about what to do with the local Seattle group in order to achieve constantly increasing growth—should we form specialized groups focusing on tenant committees and workplaces, or should we split into smaller regional groups for different parts of the area? * * * # Conclusion: What’s Next? We won’t shy away from it: **We want you to start a solidarity network, or at least to borrow heavily from the idea.** The solidarity network narratives and critiques that we have shared here attest that manifesting a community of solidarity and resistance through sheer organizing energy is an experience worth the effort it takes to sustain. The responses describe applied, practical solidarity as an antidote to apathy and agony. Solidarity networks are a way to blow life into the working class. We want you to play a part in this resuscitation, to pound on the chest until you hear the ribs crack if you need to. Give this your best effort. Because it works. Even if it’s completely exhausting. And despite everything—anxiety and ruined relationships and failed fights, extreme edges of human behavior and fraught moments when it feels like it may actually be impossible—solidarity networks may still be one of the best forms of organizing on offer. * **Mickey** : The biggest thing I learned from my time with SeaSol is that anarchists can organize successful autonomous class struggle initiatives independent of mainstream unions or NGOs. This was huge for me when I was in my early twenties. Much of my experience up to that point had been in off-putting subcultural spaces with anarchists who seemed committed to losing. * * * * **Dolly** : Fascists are becoming bolder, which has increased the relevance of the solidarity network model and increased the importance of security culture within SeaSol. Bosses and landlords have been gaining power and traditional business unions are weakening, all of which increases our relevance for obvious reasons. The climate crisis and racial injustice are shifting within our social context. Both are caused by capitalism, and people active in SeaSol and similar organizing care deeply about both of these things. SeaSol, over the years, has also made me increasingly doubtful of the effectiveness of governments and legal systems for making any kind of meaningful gains for the working class. I’ve seen people turn to legal fights rather than SeaSol fights, and seen those just drain them of time and resources until they peter out into nothingness. I can see that the bosses and landlords who write the laws of our land also benefit from them. I see that wage theft is the most common type of theft, and that wage theft laws are not enforced. That is a design feature, not a bug, because the employing class writes these laws and enforces them, not the working class. They have ensured that the working class will never overthrow them within the systems that they have set up. I had a lot more faith in things like electoral politics when I first joined SeaSol. I’m a lot more critical of those systems now. I consider myself an anarcho-syndicalist. My education didn’t come from reading theory so much as through watching people’s situations play out in the context of organizing. * * * # Epilogue The picket wraps up and your solidarity network crew does a group go-around, each person recounts a favorite moment from the last two hours. One person—you think they’re the barista, they might have authored the leaflet—says they loved it when the boss stepped out to yell at the picket line. They can’t imagine the vein on the boss’s forehead can handle another picket like this one. Another member—the other person brand new to the fight—proudly shares the moment they were able to turn a customer away, leaflet in one hand and picket sign in the other. Two solidarity network members who had stepped over to the side to talk to the police when they arrived report to the group that the boss was the one who called the police to the picket yet again. The person at the center of the fight goes last and thanks everyone for coming out. It’s now dusk. The street lights are flickering on. You are still in the middle of a stretch of suburban nowhere, at an intersection next to a gas station across the street from a strip mall. But you’re feeling different. You and the dishwashers, phone tree operators, leaflet authors, apartment dwellers, and the barista return your picket signs to the back of the truck that transported them there. The concept behind this group is sinking in. Solidarity. “It really is so simple,” you think to yourself. “When we stand up for one another, the rest of the petty, entitled, obnoxious bosses will probably buckle just like today’s did.” You head back home to think about the next action. Maybe you will finally check out one of the planning meetings, too. * * * # Further Reading * Building a Solidarity Network Guide * The Seattle Solidarity Network: A New Kind of Working Class Social Movement * Solidarity Networks as a Means of Building Resistance to Austerity * An Owie to One Is an Owie to All: A Six-Step Plan for Helping Your Parent-Friends Remain Activists 1. Agitate, Educate, Inoculate, Organize, UNION is an IWW organizing strategy. ↩ 2. Jane McAlevy was a community and labor organizer who guided many successful campaigns by inspiring workers to organize for power in their own unions and communities by taking militant, collective action in overwhelming numbers. ↩ 3. Substitutionism is a term in Marxist theory referring to a situation or analysis in which the activity of the revolutionary party is supposed to substitute for the activity of the working class. This was a question from outside of SeaSol; many of us were unfamiliar with the term. ↩ 4. Northwest Hammerskins is an affiliate of Hammerskin Nation, a white supremacist, fascist, antisemitic and homophobic neo-Nazi “skinhead” group in the United States. ↩
crimethinc.com
July 20, 2025 at 11:04 PM
Another War Was Possible : Revisiting the Movement against Capitalist Globalization from Our Dystopian Present
By revisiting the struggles that took place at the turn of the century from the vantage point of our current dystopia, we can grasp how much is at stake in today’s struggles. _This text appears as the introduction to the book_ Another War Is Possible, _just published by PM Press, which documents the experiences ofone anarchist fighting against capitalism and the state across three continents in the course of the so-called anti-globalization movement. You can read more about it in the appendix._ * * * It was the end of the 20th century and capitalism had triumphed. “Really existing socialism” had collapsed. Elections were taking place everywhere, bringing new politicians to power to sign neoliberal trade agreements. In place of dictatorships, the free market reigned victorious. Francis Fukuyama declared it “the end of history,” proclaiming > the end-point of mankind’s ideological evolution and the universalization of Western liberal democracy as the final form of human government. For politicians, advertising agents, and corporate executives, it was a time of jubilation. The social ferment of the 1960s had ebbed. In the United States, radical politics largely subsisted in subcultural milieux—environmental movements, radical bookstores, the hip hop and punk scenes. Europe also had the rave scene, the squatting movement with its network of social centers, and the vestiges of the powerful movements of the mid-20th century. On the opposing side, there were fascists, but they, too, were largely confined to subcultural milieux. Outside those enclaves, social peace prevailed, as everyone scrambled to get their piece of the pie or waited for their ship to come in. It was a fools’ paradise. Globalized capitalism was moving wealth around faster and further than ever before, but in the process, it was concentrating it into fewer and fewer hands, slowly immiserating the vast majority. Anarchists knew that the apparent unanimity around the new world order would not last forever. Eventually, there would be another round of conflicts and history would continue moving forward. The real question was how the lines would be drawn. _We met at hardcore punk shows. We were reading about the Panthers, the Yippies, the Ranters, the Diggers,Up Against the Wall Motherfucker. When we heard that someone had spray-painted “NEVER WORK” on the wall of the Boulevard de Port-Royal during the May 1968 uprising, we took it literally, embarking on a life of crime._ _Others took a different approach, drawing on a different toolset. We quit our jobs; they unionized their workplaces. We squatted buildings; they did tenant organizing. We rejected formal organization; they created federations. We hitchhiked to events; they showed up with vans full of gear._ _Eventually, we began to run into each other at conferences and demonstrations. Everything that rises must converge._ An anarchist sails across the heads of the police into the embrace of comrades during demonstrations against the presidential inauguration on January 20, 2001. Fortunately, anarchists were not the only ones who had a bone to pick with the reigning order. On the first day of 1994, just as the North American Free Trade Agreement took effect, the Zapatista Army of National Liberation rose up against the Mexican government in Chiapas, setting a powerful example of grassroots struggle against neoliberalism. Inspired by the EZLN and other anti-colonial and anti-capitalist movements, people around the world began to organize protests, networks, occupations, global days of action. To most people in the United States, taking on the authorities seemed absurd, if not downright quaint. Corporate media journalists refused to even say the word capitalism aloud, substituting “anti-globalization” as if we were part of a worldwide movement for parochialism. The bitterest conflicts were over “violence”—to be precise, over whether it was acceptable to respond in kind to the perpetual top-down violence of the state. But the most difficult challenge was to enable people to imagine that the capitalist world order was not inevitable, that _another world was possible._ Nonetheless, for a few years—let’s say, from 1999 to 2001—the chief conflict playing out on the global stage was between neoliberal capitalism and the grassroots movements that opposed it. On June 18, 1999, thousands of people converged on London for a day of action heralded as the Carnival against Capitalism, during which some of them almost succeeded in destroying the London Stock Exchange. The following November, demonstrators successfully blockaded and shut down the summit of the World Trade Organization in Seattle. Over the next two years, almost every major international trade summit occasioned fierce street conflict. _“Should we try to get across?” I shouted, but we were already running, it was a split-second decision, we were already on the bridge by the time she answered “Let’s do it—we’re doing it” and we were sprinting for the other side. Behind us, I could hear the POP, POP as the cops fired tear gas and rubber bullets; around us, I could hear the impact of the bullets, the clatter as the canisters landed, the hiss as their noxious contents filled the air; ahead, I couldn’t see anything, the gas blotted out the sky, there was only the unknown—and beyond that, if we were lucky enough to reach it, a city to destroy, a world to create._ The stakes were higher than we knew. If all of the people who were on the losing end of cutthroat capitalism failed to grasp that it was the source of their misfortunes, they would be susceptible to nationalism, racism, xenophobia, and demagoguery when they realized that the market was not fulfilling their hopes. But if we could make our case that capitalism was the chief cause of their misery, they might join us in our efforts to build a new society. There was a short window of time in which it seemed possible that we might succeed. This was the war in which the author of this book participated—a war fought to forestall all the senseless wars that came afterwards. We were fighting for a world in which all human beings could encounter each other as equals, in which the profit imperative would not trump the needs of human beings or the threat of climate change. _We set out from the campus at noon. Hundreds of people were there, ready, suited up—hoods, helmets, shoulder pads, the works. One group was pushing a full-size catapult. I was walking behind some people who were pulling a giant puppet representing the World Bank. Sledgehammers kept falling out onto the asphalt from inside the papier mâché._ _Among the crowd, I recognized his crew from the inauguration the previous January. You develop an instinct for such things, even when everyone is masked. In idle social conversations and online forums, we were rivals. But in a situation like that, you want everyone there._ _At some point, the police drove a water cannon right at the crowd. A certain masked anarchist ran right up to it and smashed out the window before it could get a clear shot at us. The driver pulled away in a hurry._ _Well, that’s fucking crazy, I thought. Wow._ Perhaps if everyone had been able to see what was coming, more people would have fought as hard as the author of this book. Few understood how dire things could get. * * * Unfortunately, we were not the only force contending to determine how the lines of conflict would be drawn in the 21st century. Provoked by centuries of colonial violence, Salafi jihadists attacked the Pentagon and the World Trade Center on September 11, 2001. Neoconservatives in the Bush administration snatched the opportunity to invade Afghanistan and then Iraq, precipitating the so-called “clash of civilizations” they had been fantasizing about. The new century opened with a series of bloodbaths. This declaration of war served to obscure the possibility of any other war, any other stakes for which people might fight. The authorities in the United States and their symmetrical adversaries in al-Qaeda aimed to assert their rivalry as the central conflict in history, sidelining the rebels in Chiapas and the demonstrators who had shut down the Seattle WTO summit. In the United States, authoritarian socialist parties took advantage of the situation to seize the initiative from anarchists and other horizontally organized projects, gaining control of the anti-war movement through front groups (Not in Our Name for the Revolutionary Communist Party, ANSWER for the Workers World Party). The transformative grassroots models of the visionary anti-capitalist movement gave way to reactive protests addressing uncaring politicians. The US government passed the Patriot Act. The FBI stepped up operations targeting Muslims in particular, but also environmentalists and animal liberation activists. Politicians expanded and militarized the police. On November 30, 1999, the government of Seattle had fielded just 400 police to defend the summit of the World Trade Organization; in 2017, 28,000 security personnel defended Donald Trump’s inauguration. Overseas, the brutal US occupations of Iraq and Afghanistan cost nearly a million lives, driving more people into the ranks of the jihadists. The rise of the Islamic State in Iraq and Syria a decade later showed that the invasions had only strengthened the forces that the neoconservatives purported to be attacking. In 2010, when a wave of revolutions began in Tunisia and spread across the Mideast, it hit a wall in Syria in part because of the Islamic State and its supporters. We’ll never know what the uprisings of the so-called Arab Spring and other social movements in the region could have accomplished if not for the harm wrought by the so-called “War on Terror.” When the Taliban recaptured Afghanistan in 2021, that only underscored how pointless as well as destructive the US invasions had been. Bashar al-Assad had hundreds of thousands of people slaughtered to maintain his grip on Syria, yet lost in the end nonetheless. The United States did the same in Afghanistan. These pointless and horrific tragedies are only a glimpse of what awaits if we continue down this road. The violence and poverty that resulted from all of these wars, occupations, and insurgencies drove refugees towards Europe from Africa and the Mideast by the million. Something similar was taking place south of the US border, as the havoc wreaked by the North American Free Trade Agreement and the militarization of police and paramilitaries plunged whole regions into bloodshed. Nativists on both sides of the Atlantic took advantage of the refugees’ desperation to drum up racism and fear. Meanwhile, in the former Eastern Bloc, capitalist profiteering left many people worse off economically than they had been before the fall of the Berlin Wall. This generated waves of nationalism, enabling autocrats like Vladimir Putin and Viktor Orbán to consolidate control. Emulating their model, politicians like Donald Trump, Jair Bolsonaro, and Giorgia Meloni came to power in the Americas and Western Europe. They channeled the rage of the eroding middle class towards openly fascist politics, encouraging their supporters to blame refugees, queer and trans people, Jewish people, and “communists” for the ways that the free market had failed them. Driven by rampant industrialism, climate change hammered coastlines and incinerated forests. The COVID-19 pandemic—the spread of conspiracy theories and disinformation—the concentration of wealth in the hands of a few billionaires—the genocide in Gaza: all this will be familiar to you unless it has been eclipsed by even worse by the time you read this. The Russian invasion of Ukraine will not be the last of the wars to come if we continue down this road—wars made _possible_ by the consolidation of autocratic power and _inevitable_ by economic and ecological crises. Looking at the weaponization of refugees on the border between Belarus and Poland and the use of prisoners as cannon fodder in Ukraine, we can see that—unless we change course—life is going to be increasingly cheap in the 21st century. On June 18, 2023, exactly 24 years after the Carnival against Capitalism in London, the top article in the _New York Times_ acknowledged what we had been saying for a quarter of a century: capitalist globalization creates catastrophic wealth inequalities, wrecking the biosphere and generating extreme-right nationalism. The article recited all the talking points of the average anti-capitalist protester of 1999, right down to the criticisms of the International Monetary Fund. Even the capitalists themselves now wish that we had won. All of these tragedies had yet to occur when the struggles described in this book took place. Who knows—if more of us had fought harder, we might have averted some of them. But we can’t fault the author of this book. He was always in the front lines. The anarchist black bloc marches out to confront the police during the riots in Québec City protesting the proposed (and ultimately defeated) “Free Trade Area of the Americas” in April 2001. _We ran into each other at a book fair some years after the events described in these pages. I recognized him from the streets, but we had never had a proper conversation._ _Unexpectedly, we hit it off immediately. In person, it didn’t matter that I was an adventurist dropout and he was a boring platformist._ _He wanted to know if we were going to release a sequel to acertain controversial memoir we had published about a delinquent living on the run. “Politically, it’s trash,” he said. “But as a story, it’s so exciting.”_ _I didn’t share his high opinion of it. I thought the humor compensated for the lack of character development, but speaking as a career criminal, the subject matter was positively banal. We had printed it as a strategy to undermine the materialism and timidity of kids from the suburbs, not to appeal to seasoned anarchists like himself._ _He persisted. “Come on, you have to do a sequel!”_ _I told him that he should write a memoir of his own, recounting his adventures in the streets. That would be worth publishing, I said._ _It only took him two decades._ * * * World history is a vast stage. On the scale of all humanity, each of us is only one out of billions. But it is up to us how we approach our role in the drama. We can see ourselves as spectators and passively accept our fate—or we can understand ourselves as protagonists and set out to discover how much influence we can exert on the course of events. The author of this book took the latter approach. As a result, he participated in a surprising number of the historic events of the turn of the century. The litany of his adventures attests to how much a single person can accomplish with a bit of determination, whether in a time of social peace or of pitched conflict. Fortunately, he survived and, with a little encouragement, managed to write down some of what he experienced. The result is the valuable historical document that you are holding in your hands. Not everyone who lives through epoch-making street-fighting on three continents has the opportunity to write such a memoir. Buenaventura Durruti didn’t. Like Peter Kropotkin’s _Memoirs of a Revolutionist_ or Emma Goldman’s _Living My Life,_ this book offers a firsthand record of a pivotal time period. You can learn a more about what things were really like from such a text than from any secondhand summary. But this is not simply historical reference material. None of the struggles described in this book have reached a conclusion. All of them continue on a much larger scale and with even higher stakes: the struggle against fascism, against the violence of borders, against the subordination of ecosystems and communities to the demands of capitalism, against the violence of the police and the military, against autocratic power. Another war was possible—and it still is today. If the consequences of our failure to abolish capitalism at the turn of the century were two decades of butchery, economic crisis, ecological disaster, and fascist reaction, think what will ensue if we fail to rise to the challenge this time. History didn’t have to turn out the way it did in 2001—and it doesn’t have to continue down that road now. This book remains timely because it tells part of a story that _you_ have to finish. There are many ways to participate in these struggles. Physically fighting fascists and police officers is only one of a wide range of tactics, and it is hardly the most important. From the author of this book, you can learn what some of those who came before you tried and what you might be able to do yourself. We—the survivors of the previous round—will be fighting alongside you. If we don’t speed it on its way, capitalism will take another century or more to collapse. It will sweep us into wars like nothing we have seen before. The resulting catastrophe will bury all of us in the wreckage. Let’s fight together for a better future. Another war is possible. “Across centuries of darkness, we can already see from here—the sun on the horizon of a new dawn.” * * * # Further Reading * The Anti-Deportation Collective * The Battle of York * Epilogue on the Movement against Capitalist Globalization * Genoa 2001: Memories from the Front Lines * It’s Safer in the Front: Taking the Offensive against Tyranny * Québec City, April 2001: The Revolutionary Anti-Capitalist Offensive * “This Hotel Is a Detention Center” * * * # Appendix: Another War Is Possible _The following is our description of the book_ Another War Is Possible, _which appears on its back cover._ At the turn of the century, the movement against capitalist globalization exploded onto the world stage with mass mobilizations in Québec City, Washington, Genoa, and other cities. Anarchists faced off against heads of state, captains of industry, and riot police by the thousands. While the authorities sought to bend all living things to the profit imperative, anarchists set out to demonstrate a way of fighting that could open the road to a future beyond capitalism. The twenty-first century was up for grabs. And every time, Tomas Rothaus was there, fighting on the front line. In _Another War Is Possible,_ we follow Tomas from his days as a young militant to his tenure editing the publication _Barricada._ In vivid prose, he recounts the lessons he learned from veterans of the Spanish CNT—his first experience trading blows with police in the streets of Paris—his adventures slipping across borders to participate in epoch-making riots. With Tomas, we breathe tear gas, we tear down fences, we tour the squats and battlefields of three continents. Along the way, Tomas shows that the tragedies of the twenty-first century were not inevitable—that another war was possible. His testimony is proof that another world remains possible today.
crimethinc.com
July 9, 2025 at 10:58 PM
We Are Not Demonstrating, We Are Fighting : Migrant Defense in Seattle, June 9-14
Starting in Minneapolis on June 3 and rapidly spreading to Los Angeles and elsewhere around the country, US Immigration and Customs Enforcement raids have provoked angry community responses. Although this wave of action appeared to peak with the “No Kings” demonstrations of June 14, ICE agents continue to abduct people and people continue to resist. In this account, participants in a series of clashes in and around Seattle describe how they have prevented ICE from kidnapping people at court appearances, demonstrating a way forward for the movement. # Against the Border and Its World _The following is a report-back from autonomous individuals describing actions against la migra in Seattle (Coast Salish land). We do not claim to speak on behalf of others, nor “the movement” as a whole._ Between the escalation of the 76-year-running genocide against Palestine and the escalating attacks on immigrants here on Turtle Island, it is increasingly obvious that borders kill. Against the claims of both liberals and conservatives that borders are necessary, we hold up an anti-colonial analysis: not only is migration an essential part of life for humans as well as so many other living creatures, but in our context, migrants often represent an Indigenous force threatening a settler-colonial reality. All of this is captured in the words of Palestinian Ahmed Abu Artema: > I looked at the birds flying over the fences. Birds decide to fly and fly. I have discovered the real reason for abhorring the occupation. I hate it because it contradicts the laws of nature. As writers with anarchist tendencies, we are not interested in “demonstration”—pleading about our suffering at the hands of our so-called leaders. We do not believe that the people are weaker than the police or even the state as a whole. If we reject these borders, we must do it wholeheartedly—not with empty marches and rhetorical condemnations, but with solidarity, love, and a dedication to militant tactics. We quote Diane Di Prima: > when you seize a town, a campus, get hold of the power > stations, the water, the transportation, > forget to negotiate, forget how > to negotiate, don’t wait for De Gaulle or Kirk > to abdicate, they won’t, you are not > ‘demonstrating’ you are fighting > a war, fight to win, don’t wait for Johnson or > Humphrey or Rockefeller to agree to your terms > take what you need, ‘it’s free > because it’s yours’ > So-called Seattle presents several different realities for migrants and migrant communities. Though gentrification has whitened much of central Seattle, South Seattle and the suburbs beyond it remain a vibrant place for migrant community-building and organizing, as are the suburbs north of the city. Being located within a hundred miles of the Canadian border and the Pacific Ocean places Seattle within the jurisdiction of the Department of Homeland Security and US Immigration and Customs Enforcement in a way that is legally distinct from most of Turtle Island. Some of the worst facilities belonging to _la migra_ are located immediately south of the Seattle area. With a capacity for nearly 1600 detainees, the Northwest Detention Center (in Tacoma) is privately owned by incarceration profiteer GEO Group. The Federal Detention Center (in Sea-Tac) also holds migrant detainees. While all prisons are violent, unjust institutions, the Tacoma Northwest Detention Center (NWDC) is particularly vile, routinely investigated for formal human rights violations such as a lack of medical attention and dangerously unsanitary conditions. It is also one of the largest detention facilities in the country, holding migrants from all over the Pacific Northwest. Despite Seattle’s claim to be a sanctuary city, police regularly aid in migrant detainment,1 assaulting protestors who attempt to halt the deportation machine. The events of June 10-15, six days of militant action in Seattle and Tukwila, cannot be separated from the stories of mutual aid and community support networks set up long before Trump was elected. To share a single example from centuries of migrant defense work in the area, the years immediately before 2025 saw an influx of migrants to the Seattle area, particularly people of Angolan, Congolese, and Venezuelan descent, who were repeatedly denied social services and basic needs by the state. The self-organization of these migrants in creating encampments and placing pressure on the state set the tone for the broader community pitching in. The community ties and trust built during that period are fundamental to the relationships, knowledge, and militancy we see in 2025. This photograph and the header photograph by AGP. # A Spreading Fire: The LA Uprisings and Militancy in Seattle On May 20, ICE showed up at the Seattle Federal Building, where migrants had been attending immigration hearings, with the intention of fast-tracking their kidnappings. They aimed to take several migrants daily from a place they were legally required to attend. That day, a call to action circulated to counter the ICE presence with a mass turnout at the Federal Building. Over the ensuing four weeks, legal support and other resources were concentrated on the building, as well as daily rallies. We do not claim to understand all the political realities and work folks were doing on the ground during those weeks, nor do we mean to disrespect it. However, the rallies outside, with a large liberal contingent and usually not posing a direct threat to the state’s violence, were not changing the on-the-ground reality. Protesters were standing outside the site of daily kidnappings, but nothing was changing. The uprisings in Los Angeles that began on June 6 were not simply a call to action. They were a call to arms, reminding comrades of their responsibility to defend one another against state violence. On June 10, protesters answering a standard call to oppose ICE kidnappings at the federal building responded to news of three abductions at immigration court by blocking all the vehicle exits to the building. Impromptu barricades were assembled out of Lime rental scooters and other garbage. Around 8 pm, federal agents feinted an attack on one side of the building, only to rush the other side from outside in several unmarked vans as protesters surged towards the site of the feint. Vehicles struck two protesters and a line of cops pushed the protest line back. During the struggle, a large van left the building with the abductees trapped inside. Comrades continued to barricade the building, unsure whether abductees remained inside. In the aftermath, two protesters were arrested and a third successfully de-arrested; this galvanized the crowd to remain in defense of their comrades. Around 10 pm, people pulled the American flag down from the flagpole and burned it. Shortly after midnight, the arrestees were released, the federal agents left the building to the normal overnight security guards, and the protesters dispersed. The remains of a burning American flag outside the federal building on June 10, 2025. After the daylong confrontation of June 10, calls continued to go out for full-day presence at the Federal Building. From June 11 on, the federal government closed some sections of the building, sometimes sending workers home or delaying key services. Immigration hearings remained scheduled, however. On June 11, there were hearings scheduled in the morning and the mid-afternoon, and a mass rally led by PSL was scheduled for 7 pm at a nearby park. A small, dedicated crowd set up barricades near the garages as the 1 pm appointments began, having learned the lesson that ICE prefers to exit already hidden in their protected vehicles. There had been no sightings yet: the barricades were preventative. The 1 pm hearings came and went, and all of the migrants were allowed to leave! There was a flagpole that had been left bare by the burning of the American flag the previous day. People ran a non-binary flag up it; police repeatedly tried and failed to cut it down. As the cops learned, if you cut both sides of a flag rope high enough that you can no longer reach either side, you have trapped the flag at full mast. Tension ramped up as the afternoon hearings began. Now there were more and bigger barricades, comprised primarily of zip-tied Lime bikes and heavy street grates. Seattle police responded with force almost instantly when bicycles were positioned at the same exit via which ICE had successfully rushed out vans the previous day. The Seattle cops expended a considerable amount of mace or pepper spray at the base of the garage, which quickly spread not to only those constructing barricades but to the crowd that was observing from above. This time, no ICE rush followed the use of spray. No arrests were made; medics quickly treated those who had been sprayed; and within 30 minutes, the barricades were back in place, this time a few feet further back from the garage. The final appointment of the day came and went. All of the migrants had gotten out of the building successfully! The protesters began to leave, preparing for the evening’s action at a nearby park. That action had been called by the Party for Socialism and Liberation, hoping to capitalize on the broad public energy against ICE. PSL has a reputation in Seattle for non-confrontation: in reaction, autonomous folks circulated their own call declaring that they would not be co-opted and demanding militancy at the action. Roughly 5000 strong, the PSL gathering was originally called as a rally, but it became a march to the federal building. Conflict between PSL and autonomous factions was a theme of the night. Some believe that autonomous pressure influenced the decision to march, holding that the original intention of the PSL organizers was only to rally. In any case, an attempt by mixed-status autonomous folks to gain the megaphone early on ended with PSL marshals physically assaulting them. Upon reaching the federal building, PSL organizers told the crowd to disperse, and the vast majority of attendees did so. Nonetheless, several hundred more radical comrades remained—surrounding the building, tagging it, and breaking at least one window. Before long, Seattle police sent a line of cops, who issued a dispersal order. A dumpster fire holds back the police line. June 11, 2025. The police response was effectively delayed by about half an hour when some comrades set a dumpster on fire and pushed it between the cops and the crowd. Once the Seattle Fire Department had dealt with the fire, the cops temporarily retreated. The crowd pursued them away from the federal building; seeing the trailing cops running to catch up to their fellows reinvigorated the crowd. However, the cops turned and began advancing aggressively again, grabbing several comrades who were near them and isolated. As other comrades fell back, the cops successfully pushed forward into an intersection adjacent to the federal building, splitting the crowd three ways. The crowd could have moved around the partial police occupation of the intersection to reconvene as a single mass, or else proceeded to independent objectives, but instead, everyone stayed where they were. When, after some delay, the cops pushed further, the crowd was not cohesive enough to resist. Officers shot pepper balls and pepper spray at people and made several arrests. The five days following June 11 saw the same relative quiet that characterized the earlier part of that day. Although DHS cracked down on observers entering the building, sometimes restricting access to both court observers and those independently seeking social services, they did not detain anyone inside the federal building. The Seattle Police Department likely mobilized every officer in its Community Response Group in its attempt to repress the June 11 protests. We are stronger than we think! A few tactical suggestions derived from the events at the Federal Building: * Move first and militantly: if the tactics your crew demonstrates make sense, others will improvise on them. A riot only requires one person throw the first stone. * It’s important to skill up on tactical formation, especially when it comes to retreating and defending one another from police. * Bring extra personal protective equipment (gas masks, goggles, and the like) for new folks and others who have forgotten them! Remember, for sporadic actions, comrades may be coming directly from work without their full gear bags. * Develop modes of on-the-ground communication for unplanned actions, especially when radio or tech communications don’t make sense. * Meet with your friends off the streets before you meet them on the streets. Don’t just bring a protest buddy—make a protest plan. While concerns for operational security are valid, it may be worth planning with more than just your two- or four-person crew if a full-scale confrontation with ICE and the police department seems possible. * Remember our collective strength; use offensive tactics. Successfully dispersing a crowd of 5000 is a dangerous and difficult task for the police. # ICE Retreats to Tukwila With detentions at the Seattle facility at least temporarily paused, it was unclear what ICE would do next. Unintentional false reports reflected fears that every major police stationing indicated a coming ICE raid; police cars and unmarked vehicles were misreported as “confirmed ICE.” You can access information about how to correctly identify ICE vehicles here; this should have been spread far and wide long before June 10. On June 13, migrant families began receiving orders to arrive at the Tukwila Citizenship and Immigration Services center the weekend of June 14-15, roughly five miles south of Seattle. The orders allegedly confused even Tukwila police, who originally put out a statement declaring the building closed, though that was later deleted. Whether that was an intentional effort to depress protester turnout or the consequence of genuine confusion, it only increased the suspicion that ICE would be trying to kidnap people there. A call circulated widely to maintain a presence there the whole day, from 8 am to 4 pm. In retrospect, the unspecific call for continuous, all-day presence was an error repeated from the federal building protests. The goal of ICE in any detention was clear: once they detained people inside the building, ICE would need to punch through any line of protesters to transfer the detainees south, whether to Sea-Tac or the NWDC. As the federal building, this meant that the most obvious strategy was to establish a barricade, whether human or material. Eight hours is a long time for any individual to actively engage in the tasks that make a barricade possible, and lacking prospects of reinforcements left people poorly prepared for a late afternoon or evening ICE assault. The decision ICE made to move south made sense for several reasons. Following the attacks of September 11, 2001, many federal buildings were designed with utmost security in mind: consequently, the Tukwila Citizenship and Immigration Services building is on a long road with few residential exits. In comparison to Seattle’s Federal Building, the Tukwila building had few publicly accessible buildings nearby—any protesters or migrants would have difficulty exiting inconspicuously. ICE may have also moved south to keep the largely liberal No Kings protest, a mass action that drew over 20,000 attendees, apart from the more militant activists intent on stopping the kidnapping of their neighbors. No Kings had been scheduled to start at the same location as the June 11 mass action earlier in the week. Perhaps the success of a more militant block against the PSL peace police on June 11 informed ICE’s decision to separate the two actions geographically. Tukwila offered one advantage for those resisting ICE, however: there were only two narrow exits via which ICE vehicles could leave the facility. The autonomous attendees, who numbered two hundred or more throughout the day, coalesced around a human barricade at each exit, only letting out cars that were verified to not contain migrants. While these barricades were set up and coordinated, legal support and other administrative support for migrants set up near the center of the building. Legal support and other contingents worked respectfully with those defending the barricades, with solidarity and a diversity of tactics generally respected on both sides. Tukwila PD deploys tear gas while DHS uses a green smoke bomb in attempts to confuse the crowd. June 14, 2025. # _La Policía, La Migra, La Misma Porquería_ Tukwila police continued the theme of city police providing the bodies and munitions to facilitate ICE kidnappings. Within an hour of assembling at the CIS building, those gathering at the building confronted a crew of Federal Protective Services (DHS) officers and Tukwila PD demanding that they move to the sidewalk. Though this was not a dispersal order, it set the tone: as migrant communities and their allies have long known, the pigs, DHS, and ICE work hand in hand. Tukwila PD also posed a significant threat, trained and prepared for protest engagement, as well as having better integration with the county jail system than DHS or ICE. Fortunately, this meant that the ability of ICE to transport from the building was limited by the capacity and willingness to engage of the local police. As fewer and fewer people want to be police, even the overstaffed police departments of the colonial US can be overwhelmed by the task of continuously defending ICE operations. # Confrontation at Tukwila Though many migrants were able to check in for their appointments at the Tukwila building and leave safely, by midday, it became clear that two people who had entered might no longer be free to leave. When the last of appointments closed for the day with the two migrants still unreleased, a group rallied at the front to demand their freedom. By this point, a significant barricade presence had been established at both the north and south exits from the building. A local auto body shop agreed to donate extra car parts and the parking vendor agreed to donate trash cans and no parking signs. With the support of the community, the federal mercenaries faced barricades of found objects bound together with zip ties, chain, and black tape. The “No Parking” signs were actually offered free to be used as barricades. That message apparently didn’t reach whoever redecorated them. By late afternoon, ICE and DHS had made their decision. Rather than releasing the detainees, they would assault the crowd in order to get the vans out past them to a more long-term detention center. The federal agents called in Tukwila PD, which closed the only road connecting the building on both sides. Tukwila PD provided little warning before using munitions to attack protesters, releasing flashbangs, pepper balls, and tear gas on a crowd that had done nothing but stand in the way of ICE. At first, the barricades seemed to hold, and this bought the protesters enough time to regroup and hold their lines through the first few rounds of Tukwila PD fire. Tukwila police made one arrest during their first attempts to disperse the crowd, though that person was later released under crowd pressure. Eventually, unfortunately, the defenses failed, as ICE vehicles rushed the corner of the barricade while police deployed tear gas, a smoke bomb, and flash-bang grenades. The three cars escaped from the lot and onto the road, escorted by Tukwila PD. Though ICE chose not to engage the following day, our neighbors had been kidnapped. Signs dotting the CIS building connect the struggle for migrant defense with other Indigenous struggles, including the message “Land Back Everywhere: Free Gaza, Free Turtle Island.” June 14, 2025. # This is Not a Threat, It is a Shield The direct action of June 9-14 represents at least a temporary success. ICE may find new, creative strategies to kidnap and transfer migrants, and they may succeed in ramping up transfers through Seattle or Tukwila. This is especially likely if direct action is carelessly set aside in favor of more liberal strategies. Yet so far, the militancy people have shown in resisting transfers and detainments at the Federal Building and in Tukwila has presented an obstacle that the state is not prepared to consistently overcome. With SPD forced to mobilize its entire demonstration unit on June 11 and Tukwila PD likely mobilizing a similar percentage of its officers for June 14, our resistance has achieved a significant drain on state resources. This is why ICE kidnappings at the federal building have been paused, and why there were no Tukwila ICE detentions on June 15, although families had been summoned to Tukwila for ICE appointments on June 14 and 15. At the same time, the state succeeded in transferring several captives on June 10 (in Seattle) and at least one on June 14 (in Tukwila). This gives us cause to revisit our tactics, which were primarily defensive and static at both locations. Autonomous community members designed barricades with found materials and community support, intending to hold a line and resist police assault. This provided an obvious target for the state to attack. Guerrilla strategy generally rejects head-to-head conflict and attempts to hold territory in favor of taking advantage of the massive area that the state has to defend. Through flexibility and dedication, resistance can spread enemy forces thin. This is commonly reflected in the mantra that a hundred ten-person protests are better than a single one-thousand-person protest. Groups of ten can choose where and how to engage based on opportunities, calculating their actions to take advantage of weaknesses in the response of the state, as the state surely cannot defend against all of them. How could we employ this kind of strategy in migrant defense? When ICE shows up to kidnap our neighbors, the roles are reversed. It is no longer the state that must defend hundreds of fronts; instead, every workplace, home, and school becomes a front that _we_ have to defend. It might in fact be possible to defend every home: canvassing with know-your-rights flyers, building rapid response networks, and creating trust across local neighborhoods enhances the ability of every micro-community to respond to ICE activity. However, it could be more strategic to take the offensive, identifying key spots at which the deportation machine can be interrupted. The front shield line at the Tukwila CIS building reads “We are not a threat, we are a shield.” June 14, 2025. Though this draws on elements of guerrilla philosophy (maintain the offensive, find weak points in the infrastructure of the state), it also opens up new questions. The Federal Building and the Tukwila CIS center hardly represent the weakest points of the state. Nor do they offer easy, quick, or untraceable entrance and exit routes: in fact, disrupting them has required hours-long occupations, during any point of which the state could fire on us. Can we maintain the offensive, and at the same time “be like water” under such conditions? What tactical innovations or new skills would that require? We ask our comrades to consider the following questions: * How does a place and time of engagement directly stop or slow state violence? * How can the form, location, and time of engagement minimize losses, so that an action can be repeated dozens or hundreds of times? * If barricades or “occupation” (a loaded term on stolen land) become necessary, how can we ensure that anti-fascists set the pace of conflict, rather than the state? How can the state be kept on the defensive while anti-fascists are holding a defensive line? * Is there some target that, if it were threatened, ICE and DHS mercenaries would be obliged to prioritize defending over their own offensive operations targeting immigrants? * How can we develop skills, relationships, and institutions such as jail support and scouting networks that will be needed to engage the state _before_ they are necessary for an action? * How can relationships and planning facilitate showing up to an event with strategy and coordination already in place? The direct actions of June 9 through 14 were not the beginning of migrant defense in so-called Seattle—nor will they be the last of it. People have continued to mobilize to the Seattle and Tukwila federal buildings, and are watching out for ICE activity in other areas. This report-back captures only a sliver in time, in order to help others learn from our failures and successes. Carry on resisting. _Chinga la migra._ Photograph by AGP. 1. Washington sanctuary law only prohibits law enforcement from actively kidnapping migrants and from assisting ICE in _investigations._ They’re not prohibited from assisting ICE in other ways, like blasting us with pepper balls outside the Henry M. Jackson building or the USCIS facility to ensure that ICE can continue transporting detainees. ↩
crimethinc.com
June 30, 2025 at 10:57 PM
Postscript on Legalism
Donald Trump and his administration employ the laws and courts wherever it suits them. Wherever laws and courts pose an obstacle to their program, they disregard those right up to the limit imposed by the current balance of power within the state. It is clear for all to see that for them, the law is simply one of many weapons—it has no power to bind them. Yet many of Trump’s opponents continue hamstring resistance by focusing on questions of legality and other niceties, failing to grasp the reality of the situation. * * * **A cheerful anti-fascist organizer from Prague used to tell a joke that went something like this:** After the Second World War, a Czech anti-fascist and a Yugoslavian partisan met at a beach on the Adriatic. Eventually, the inevitable question came up. “What did you do in the war?” the Czech anti-fascist asked the partisan. “Oh, the usual stuff,” answered the partisan. “We formed underground networks, ran background checks on potential recruits, set up safe houses and clandestine print shops. Then we started sabotaging railways and telephone lines. Eventually, we worked our way up to carrying out raids to seize weapons. With those, we started retaking villages and then whole regions until finally, we ran the Nazis right out of the country.” “All of that sounds like a great time,” answered the Czech anti-fascist. “Unfortunately, where we were, _all of those things were illegal!”_ * * * # Further Reading * Become an Anarchist or Forever Hold Your Peace * Why the Democrats Are Responsible for Donald Trump’s Return to Power * Take Your Pick: Law or Freedom * From Democracy to Freedom * The Centrists * The Centrist Paradox > Printing and distributing clandestine newspapers to rally support for liberating France, sabotaging telecommunication networks, providing intelligence to Allied forces, creating false papers that helped Jews escape, rescuing Allied soldiers, and destroying key infrastructure by bombing bridges vital for transport were all vital operations undertaken by the Resistance. More controversial were the guerrilla tactics used, and the assassinations of German soldiers… > > -France in World War II: The French Resistance
crimethinc.com
June 30, 2025 at 10:57 PM
Los Angeles Stands up to ICE : A Firsthand Report on the Clashes of June 6
On June 3, a crowd drove federal agents out of Minneapolis following a raid on a taqueria. On June 4, people confronted US Immigration and Customs Enforcement agents as they carried out raids in Chicago and Grand Rapids. On Friday, June 6, people in Los Angeles responded to an ICE raid, precipitating a full day of clashes that continue today. In the following firsthand report, participants describe how people came together to do their best to prevent federal agents from kidnapping people from their community. Donald Trump’s “border czar,” Tom Homan, has announced that he will send the National Guard into Los Angeles in response. If the situation escalates elsewhere around the country, as well, it is thinkable that we could see a movement that picks up where the George Floyd uprising left off. Arguably, in sweeping up the president of the California chapter of the Service Employees International Union in their attacks on people in Los Angeles, ICE and the various federal agencies that are being reassigned to support them risk making more enemies just as this confrontation is getting underway. Although the Trump administration has begun by attacking immigrants—both documented and undocumented—this is only the first step in their effort to establish an autocracy. They are targeting immigrants because they believe them to be the most vulnerable target, but their overarching goal is to accustom all of us to passivity in the face of brutal state violence, breaking the basic bonds of solidarity that ought to connect all human beings. It must be clear to everyone—even the most milquetoast centrists—that the outcome of the conflict that is ramping up now will determine the prospects for every other target Trump has lined up in his sights, from Harvard University to those who simply wish to be able to afford groceries. Incidentally, if it is possible that you will be in an environment in which chemical weapons are deployed, it is possible to extinguish tear gas canisters—read this short guide. You can find a wealth of similar information about how to stay safe in demonstrations here. To learn about other things you can do to stop ICE, start here. _To support those arrested in Los Angeles, starthere._ * * * # First Action, High Noon On social media, the news spread that ICE was raiding several spots in downtown Los Angeles, Highland Park, and MacArthur Park. Agents had begun to raid a building in the flower district when a spontaneous mob trapped them inside. People blocked every side of the building, every single entrance, so the agents couldn’t get out. They had detained a lot of people in the building already and hadn’t expected a swarm of 50-100 Angelenos to trap them. Apparently, they expected to be able to conduct a visible raid in downtown Los Angeles without a response from the neighborhood. They were wrong. Of the six or more locations that they raided, that one was in the area with the densest population, just blocks from skid row and a few steps from the Piñata district. A large number of people were at the front entrance blocking ICE from leaving the building. Caught off guard by the crowd, the ICE agents were visibly trying to figure out how to evacuate. Family members of the detained were crying at the doors and the gates, wondering what was going to happen to their loved ones. The federal government had declared war on Los Angeles. ICE ordered in an armored truck with three dozen federal riot police and a fleet of vans in tow. The entrance they wanted to come into was the one being blocked by an SEIU sound truck and they began threatening to tow it. SEIU complied and moved their truck, even going so far as to use their sound system to yell “Get on the sidewalk!” at the crowd. Half of the people listened to them and half didn’t, but it was a small enough crowd that that made a significant difference. As a consequence, the armored truck and the vans were able to make it up to the gate. Federal agents in riot gear began trying to push everyone out. The small group who had refused to leave continued to stand their ground, twisting their little riot shields and mocking them. The agents were visibly rattled by the resilience of this group that had somehow assembled within fifteen minutes. In a desperate push, the FBI agents began to throw tear gas canisters into the crowd. Everyone was screaming at the fascist mercenaries as they tried to push back the line. Amid the confusion, the agents managed to clear a path for the vans to enter through the gate. The feds put the detained workers into the van and began to drive out. The crowd tried to stop them but the FBI escalated—snatching protesters and shooting pepper balls and rubber bullets at everyone. One of the vans sped up and struck the president of the California branch of the Service Employees International Union, injuring him. He was then arrested. The crowd got more rowdy, lighting fireworks and throwing debris, water bottles, and cabbage at the mercenaries. The FBI responded with a barrage of flash-bang grenades and rubber bullets and more pepper balls. While that fight continued, someone followed the ICE vans to the Burbank airport, where agents had reportedly claimed that they were bringing a “hockey team.” People have been attempting to track the flight and see where it went since. The other detainees were taken to the MDC (Metro Detention Center) which triggered an action to be called for a couple hours later. MDC is where hundreds of detainees from the raids are still currently being held. It was also the site of the 2017 abolish ICE encampment which lasted for 60 days. * * * # Second Action, 4 pm People started amassing at the Metropolitan Detention Center. A press conference took place involving Union Del Barrio, the SEIU, and the Coalition for Humane Immigrant Rights of Los Angeles. Peace policing caused fights between the paid activists and the crowd. The activists ended up leaving and the crowd stayed—tagging everything, smashing windows, breaking things, and being ungovernable. Someone had brought a sledgehammer and was breaking the concrete pillars so that people could use the pieces as projectiles to throw at the police. Someone used a swivel chair as a barricade; another person showed up in a dinosaur suit. The feds were scrambling, throwing everything they could back at the crowd. People were tear-gassed several times, but were neutralizing the effect by putting ice and water on the canisters as well as traffic cones like they did in Chile. Some people were also throwing the canisters back to the Department of Homeland Security agents that were responsible for them. The crowd was extremely lively and brave. Some right-wing internet streamers tried to get into the area, but they were spotted and promptly dealt with. DHS couldn’t control the situation. The feds were overwhelmed and begged the Los Angeles Police Department to come save them. Despite LA mayor Karen Bass saying she was “appalled” about the presence of ICE in Los Angeles, the LAPD still showed up in large numbers. A low-flying helicopter was telling people that they would be arrested and issuing dispersal orders as LAPD pushed people away from the building over the next four to five hours. Everyone left covered in pepper ball dust and tear gas. * * * # Third Action, 10 pm A message circulated to the effect that ICE was spotted staging for a raid in Chinatown. (Later, it turned out that they were planning to hold that parking lot for a press conference for Thomas Homan, Trump’s “Border Czar,” at 7 am the following morning—a press conference that was apparently cancelled.) Hundreds of people started trickling in, strobing flashlights in the eyes of the federal agents and yelling chants and insults at the riot line. Even though people had been at actions all day, the energy was high, attracting passersby and random Dodgers fans to join in. The crowd took the street and blocked the entrances once again as things started getting rowdy. This time, LAPD wasn’t present, so the federal agents prepared to try to push the people out themselves. Participants in the crowd tagged the armored ICE vehicle and begin jumping up and down on it while an LRAD was blaring. Someone tagged “FUCK ICE” and spray painted the cameras on a Waymo self-driving car. No organizations were present except a strong contingent from the Los Angeles Tenants Union, who were present for every action in the course of the day. The federal agents decided that the parking lot was too difficult to hold and began to retreat. The crowd seized the opportunity to block them off, throwing fireworks and rocks, bottles, and, somehow, ceramic plates. The FBI threw a few flash-bang grenades and tear gas canisters in response, but the spirits of those standing up to them remained high. People began to smash the windows on the feds’ cars. At that point, ICE decided to leave, and a celebration began in the street. More fireworks were set off in a jubilant atmosphere. People partied momentarily before drifting home, heartened by a small victory after a horrifying and dehumanizing day in the so-called United States. * * * # Appendix I: A Poster These anonymous posters are circulating in several variants—connecting struggles against the police in Los Angeles, Gaza, and Greece to Atlanta, Chicago, Minneapolis, Oakland, Portland, and Seattle. Click on the image to download the poster. # Appendix II: Uprising Survival Guide This short guide has been circulating in the wake of the uprising in Los Angeles. It covers street safety and other important factors to consider in the midst of the resistance to ICE and Donald Trump’s attempt to impose fascism via military occupation. Printable PDF. Onscreen readable PDF. Printable PDF.. Onscreen readable PDF..
crimethinc.com
June 15, 2025 at 10:54 PM
Retailiation: Robin Hood in the Workplace : Steal Something from Work Day 2025
Every year, like many other people, we observe April 15 as Steal Something from Work Day. This year, April 15 finds a new cast of authoritarians in control of the United States government, recklessly overhauling it to spread terror and fill their pockets. But this will not put an end to workplace theft. On the contrary, it only intensifies the factors that give rise to it. Consequently, this year, in hopes of promoting good behavior, we celebrate “Robin Hood employees”—those who steal from their workplaces in order to share with others. * * * # A Society Based on Theft Every year, employers rip off their employees to the tune of $50 billion in wage theft—and then the government swoops in to collect taxes, which are disproportionately put towards purposes that tend to benefit employers more than employees. Through the eyes of loss prevention, we are all just obstacles to profit. All this was true before Donald Trump returned to the White House determined to loot everything in sight. Now, as Elon Musk guts every government program that doesn’t benefit him personally while setting his sights on lucrative state contracts, it is laughable to pretend that capitalism is anything other than highway robbery. Forget insider trading—at this point, the entire United States government and the economy it presides over are the equivalent of a Trump-owned casino in which the house always wins. Meanwhile, Silicon Valley has been hard at work coming up with new ways to rip off ordinary human beings. Large Language Model Artificial Intelligence, for example, functions by plagiarizing human creative activity—with the intent of making human authors superfluous. This is just the latest innovation in the longstanding field of _profiting on others’ labor._ Mind you, it has always been true that—like the Large Language Models—every individual human being benefits immeasurably from the effort and innovations of the countless human beings who preceded them. As Peter Kropotkin wrote in _The Conquest of Bread,_ > There is not even a thought, or an invention, which is not common property, born of the past and the present. Thousands of inventors, known and unknown, who have died in poverty, have co-operated in the invention of each of these machines… every new invention is a synthesis, the resultant of innumerable inventions which have preceded it in the vast field of mechanics and industry. > > Science and industry, knowledge and application, discovery and practical realization leading to new discoveries, cunning of brain and of hand, toil of mind and muscle—all work together. Each discovery, each advance, each increase in the sum of human riches, owes its being to the physical and mental travail of the past and the present. > > By what right then can anyone whatever appropriate the least morsel of this immense whole and say—This is mine, not yours? The solution is not to figure out a system via which every single person who has ever done something that someone else later benefitted from can be paid precisely in proportion to their labor. Most of those people are long dead, and any system for appraising and compensating them for the value of their contributions would be hopelessly arbitrary. The point is that the system of attribution and intellectual property itself has always existed in order to serve a small number of beneficiaries at everyone else’s expense. Rather than quixotically trying to make the system _fair,_ it would be easier to abolish the various forms of gatekeeping that impose artificial scarcity in the first place. If that’s not something we can do on the scale of society as a whole yet, we can take immediate, concrete steps to redistribute wealth in our workplaces whenever our oppressors are not watching. Steal Something from Work Day: Discouraging retail security consultants from hiring employees since at least 2012. * * * # In Praise of Robin Hood A few months into the COVID-19 pandemic, a Home Depot employee was arrested after allegedly admitting that she had been permitting customers to take commodities from the store without paying. Because she had not accepted money for the goods herself, there was no way to ascertain the value of the items that had reached people thanks to her. Let’s put this in context. It was a time of tremendous financial uncertainty; the first stimulus checks had gone out, but $1200 per taxpayer (or just $500 per child) is hardly enough to sustain anyone through months of unemployment. It was a time of tremendous danger; the first vaccines against COVID-19 were more than six months away, and by the time they were available, hundreds of thousands of people had died. From the safety of their homes, middle-class people were hypocritically celebrating “essential workers” at precisely the moment that those workers were being treated as expendable. Rather than the working class, one could speak simply of the _endangered class._ In these conditions, it’s no exaggeration to say that the Home Depot employee was risking her life as well as her freedom to ensure that people got access to the resources they needed regardless of whether they could afford to pay for them. The news report about this courageous employee appeared on May 29, 2020, a day after protesters burned down the Third Precinct in Minneapolis in retaliation for the gruesome and senseless murder of George Floyd. If the mass resignations of the pandemic era can be read as an expression of anti-work sentiment, we should also understand this lone employee’s risk-tolerant generosity as a part of the George Floyd revolt. The band Godspeed You! Black Emperor once described this as “slow rioting”: repudiating the premises of capitalism, even in the heart of conquered territory. When an employee does this on the job by refusing to charge for essentials, we might call it **_retailiation._** * * * In an article about the upstanding Home Depot employee for _Loss Prevention Magazine,_ the publication of choice for security guards, the author acknowledged that most human beings are more inclined to foster equality than to abide by rules that arbitrarily benefit some people over others: > James Fowler, a political scientist at University of California at San Diego, tested if there were such a thing as a “Robin Hood Impulse.” He tested 120 participants to determine if they were inclined to take from the rich to give to the poor, finding that humans’ “taste for equality” is a driving reason why we cooperate with one another. In his money experiment, he discovered that over 70% of participants at some point would take from the richest players and donate to the poorest players, in an attempt to equalize the income among all participants. Fowler’s team said that even players whose own money had been lost in previous rounds of play were willing to redistribute the money in an egalitarian manner. For most human beings, this is something to be proud of—evidence that our species has a deep-seated capacity for empathy and solidarity. For security guards and other mercenaries, however, it is a problem to be solved. The author asserts that so-called “Robin Hood” employees are often among the best workers at an establishment: > In today’s world, we’re seeing everyday “Robin Hoods” in the actions of trusted retail employees. The same people who work overtime, through the snow and rain, and during a global pandemic to serve retail customers are becoming “social bandits” like Robin Hood. We are seeing signs that many of these essential and dedicated employees are taking sides in situations they feel are more moral than practical. The _Loss Prevention_ article goes on to point out that Robin Hood employees can inflict losses on a corporation much more efficiently than ordinary shoplifters or employees who only steal for their own benefit. In other words, when it comes to redistributing wealth, the most effective approach is not to take things for yourself, but to share them with everyone. You, too, can be a Robin Hood at work. A diagram in Loss Prevention Magazine alleging that “in one hour, a Robin Hood employee can generate a massive amount of shrinkage vs. more traditional forms of theft/fraud.” * * * # A New Ethic In a society founded on violence and theft, in which violence and theft are becoming more and more pervasive, we need a new ethical framework to evaluate them. In the case of violence, when violence is everywhere and being “non-violent” is often little more than an alibi for doing nothing to interrupt the violence that is already taking place, it is of little use to appraise the value of a given action according to whether it is violent or not. We might do better to ask a more interesting and instructive question: does the action in question _reinforce_ existing power disparities, or _counteract_ them? Likewise, in a world in which laws are profoundly biased in favor of the owning class, the judiciary is increasingly subservient to autocrats, and top-down theft is par for the course, it is absurd to fixate on the question of whether a given action constitutes theft as if that were sufficient to reveal its ethical value. We might ask, instead—how does a given theft distribute power? **Does it reinforce existing power disparities, or counteract them?** * * * # Further Reading * In Praise of Those Who Leak * It’s Time to Even the Score * The Mythology of Work * Steal Something from Work Day main page * What Work Steals from Us * Workplace Theft in the Age of “Essential” and “Remote” Labor
crimethinc.com
April 27, 2025 at 8:27 PM
A Demonstrator's Guide to Lockdowns and Blockades
A complete guide to assembling and employing lockboxes and other means of blockading. There is a broad spectrum of tactics to choose from between simply holding up a protest sign and setting things on fire. If you are looking to intensify a pressure campaign or to stand your ground more effectively when challenged, consider the following options. From the vantage point of 2025, more than two decades after the original version of this guide was published in the book _Recipes for Disaster,_ civil disobedience has become somewhat more dangerous as far-right politicians have put more laws on the books and police and other fascists have become less concerned with preserving human life. Civil disobedience presumes that your adversary is constrained from inflicting permanent harm upon you. In some cases, if you are prepared to get arrested, you may be able to accomplish a great deal more by remaining mobile and risk-tolerant rather than engaging in an activity that is scripted to end in arrest. Nonetheless, there are still many regions and contexts in which the following information will be applicable. * * * # Why, Where, How **There are many reasons to blockade:** to call attention to or prevent an injustice, to support other direct actions by securing a space or creating a distraction, to decrease traffic fatalities. **There are many sites that can be blockaded:** highways, factory and shopping mall gates, business districts, the front doors of restaurants that are to host corporate dinners or party delegates. Intrepid blockaders can lock themselves to the equipment that is to destroy a forest, or lock authorities out of a building that has been occupied in a political action. One of the most common implements for blockading is the lockbox. A Stop Cop City protester locked down to Brasfield & Gorrie construction equipment in Midtown Atlanta in March 2024. # Locking Down with Lockboxes When it comes to blockading, lockboxes can be very useful, assuming that you are not facing adversaries who are willing to do serious harm to you and that you are willing to be arrested. The design described here has been used in many cities, including some in which the police are experts at handling protests—and all the same, it can take police hours to move blockaders who use these devices from a busy street. This is one of the simplest designs; there are many other possibilities. You can make lockboxes with 90-degree angles in them that accommodate both arms of one individual, so one person can comfortably lock down to a gate, a truck axle, or even a railroad track. For serious engagements, you can make big concrete barrels with lockboxes fitted inside them, or dig a hole in the ground and build a vertical one-way lockbox into it with concrete and rebar, or drive a junker car into place, disable it, and lock down to it. Lockdowns can be used to stop movement into and out of an area, providing a spectacle perfect for attracting media or other attention. They can stall traffic to allow support teams to hold an awareness-raising rally, and distribute leaflets to or otherwise engage drivers stuck in traffic. After blockaders are removed from the area, police generally block the area for another hour or more themselves, lengthening the impact of the action. Lockdowns can appeal to the public by showing that people are dedicated enough to put their bodies on the line; they are descended from a long heritage of non-violent civil disobedience that many civilians find less threatening than other brands of direct action. A June 2018 demonstration against the Immigration and Customs Enforcement office on Second Avenue in Seattle. Impeding the actions of heartless mercenaries determined to rend apart communities is a moral duty if there is any such thing. ## Ingredients * Metal or plastic tubing or piping— _such as PVC pipe_ * Bolts and nuts— _at least one bolt and one nut for each box_ * Chain or rope * Carabineers * Glue— _optional, but encouraged_ * Hacksaw * Drill * Bolt cutters— _optional_ * At least one person ready to put their body on the line ## Instructions A lockbox is a piece of pipe by which a person can be locked securely to another person or object. The average lockbox accommodates two people; with several lockboxes and people, you can form a human chain. Lockboxes utilize the width of your torso and arm span to take up space. To lock down, you attach yourself to a mechanism inside a piece of pipe; in order for a police officer to unlock you, he would have to get his arm into the pipe as well, but as the pipe fits snugly around your arm, this is impossible. Should police attempt to pull you apart, the strain will be on the metal chain and bolt, not your shoulder joints, assuming your box is built correctly. If you use a carabineer to connect to a bolt within the pipe, you will be able to detach from the box immediately whenever you choose. With lockboxes, a group of people can swiftly move into a space, block it, and defy the efforts of police officers who would remove them. ## Scouting the Target, Planning the Action1 The first step is to scout the area you want to blockade. There are a wide variety of environments in which you might choose to apply lockboxes, but for the purposes of this introduction, we’ll assume that you will be operating in an urban environment. You could blockade the entrance to an event or business, or an entrance to a tunnel, highway, or access ramp. The first step is to figure out where the traffic—whether it be car, foot, or other—can best be bottlenecked. Often, if you block one street successfully, you can snarl traffic in a large area. Look for streets that lead to main roadways, and watch the traffic patterns. If you are planning to block a road, listen to traffic reports; determine which roads gridlock easily and which roads feed major transportation routes. Note all the details of your target, including the length of traffic lights, which lanes are open at certain times, and which directions the majority of cars turn. Once you have found the location that best serves your purposes, you’ll need to determine how many people it will take to block it. If you have a well-chosen target, but you do not have enough people, traffic will still be able to pass, and you will simply be a nuisance, not a blockade; if you cannot create a “complete circuit” with your human chain, connecting it at either end to immovable points, it may be easy to move you out of the way even if the lockboxes that connect the participants are secure. To measure distances quickly without drawing too much attention to yourself, you can count your steps heel-to-toe across an area, or run string or yarn across it. You’ll also need to take into account the sizes of the lockboxes you are making and the people locking down. If a street is 20 feet wide and your lockboxes are 3 feet long, you’ll probably need five or six people. Plan your formation carefully. If you are locking down in a line, the two people on the ends can be locked to stationary objects—with bicycle U-locks around their necks, for example, or by a less secure means such as chain locks. If you use bicycle locks or any other locks that require keys, have an accomplice on hand to spirit the key away quickly, or be prepared to hide it where it cannot be recovered. For a less durable blockade, you could leave the ends of your formation open and sit or lie down. Alternatively, you could close the formation at both ends, locking down in a circle, or form two lines crossing each other in an X. When planning, take into account the strain of being locked in place for a long period. If the lockboxes are not supported by something, those locked together will quickly be worn out by holding them up. There are also the matters of food and blood circulation to consider. On April 2, 2025, a Jewish-led group of Columbia University students chained themselves to the locked campus gates in solidarity with Palestinian students, demanding that the University provide the names of the trustees who reported Mahmoud Khalil to ICE. Chains may suffice, but a lockbox will usually provide more staying power. ## Gathering Materials Once you have worked out your plan, the next step is to gather materials. These can be expensive, so look around for places you could acquire them for free. PVC pipe can be found at construction sites; chain can be cut from a locked dumpster; tools can be borrowed or stolen. If you do not want to draw attention, you may prefer to buy the supplies at multiple locations. While purchases of bolts, carabineers, and glue will not attract attention, a septum-pierced revolutionary may raise eyebrows if she brings thirty feet of PVC pipe to the counter. Rumor has it that before and during mass mobilizations, store employees are told to look out for such purchases. Use the same care you would for buying spray paint, crowbars, bolt cutters, or glass etching solution. Do not use a credit card if you do not wish to create a paper trail. ## Design, Construction, Adaptation, and Fortification Summary: 1. Cut the pipe to the appropriate length. 2. Drill a hole all the way through both walls of the pipe at its midpoint (or thereabouts, depending on the differing armspans of the two who will be using it). 3. Pass a bolt through both holes. 4. Secure the bolt. 5. Cut a length of chain to fit around your wrist and reach up to the bolt. 6. Fasten a carabineer to the chain by which to secure it to the bolt. 7. Repeat steps 5 and 6 for the person who will share the lockbox with you. 8. Fortify the lockbox. Constructing lockboxes can be a fun group activity. Make sure the people who are going to use the boxes try them on and modify them according to arm length and other variables. How much of your arm goes inside a lockbox is a matter of preference and tactical strategy, but on average your pipe should be about 4 feet in length. The more of your arm is covered by the PVC pipe, the more of your body is safe from police action. For example, if your bicep is exposed, the police could attempt to use pain compliance there to force you to unlock yourself; if your entire arm is in the pipe, this is impossible. Everyone’s arms are unique. If you are locking down, you need to be able to put your arm far enough into the pipe to grab the bolt, so you can easily connect and disconnect your carabineer. If the people who are to use the box can be present during the construction, measure their arms and custom-fit the pipe. If this is not possible, build the box to a length that almost anyone can use—say, between 3 and 4 feet. If you are using PVC pipe, it can easily be cut with a standard hacksaw. For more long-lasting lockdowns, use more durable piping. It’s important that your pipe be the right diameter; you should be comfortable sliding your arm in at least to your bicep. Unless your arm is especially small or large, the pipe should be between 4 and 6 inches in diameter. After the pipe is cut so that both people who are to use it can put their arms in as far as they want and touch fingers, secure a bolt at the point where their fingers touch. The length of the bolt should be longer than the diameter of the pipe; if you use 5 inch pipe, make sure your bolt is at least 5.5 inches. Stay away from bolts with sharp threads or a sharp point on one end, unless you are prepared to modify them for safety and comfort. Your bolt should be thick and difficult to cut; it will probably be the weakest link in the chain, so you’ll want to make sure it’s as secure as possible. Drill a hole all the way through one wall of the pipe and out the other. If you have to drill the top hole first and then flip the pipe to drill the bottom hole, make sure the holes line up! Put the bolt through both holes. It should be slightly off-center in the pipe, so the people locking to it can fit their fingers around it and have space for their knuckles. Now use nuts to secure it in place; these can go inside the pipe, or outside it, or both. You can use powerful glue to strengthen the bolt; better yet, if you have the means, weld it into place. You could include multiple bolts in your design, to make it harder for the police to know where to start. If you have more than one bolt, you can also experiment with attaching yourself to all of them. Now you have to build the chain bracelet that secures you to the bolt inside the pipe. Cut a length of chain that can loop around your wrist at one end, and attach at the other end around the bolt in the pipe; it will be in the shape of a P. Experiment with chain length until you have a comfortable fit. Make the clasp that holds the chain around your wrist permanent and durable; use a carabineer to clasp the chain around the bolt, so you are able to unclasp from the lock box in an emergency. Attaching the chain to the central bolt with a carabineer is a very secure and safe option, but there are others. For a simpler, though weaker, variation, skip the central bolt entirely and run a length of chain through the tube to attach your wrist to the wrist of your partner. This option might be useful if you have limited time and funding to prepare for the action. A benefit of the central bolt is that when you are pulled, the bolt absorbs some of the force, and gripping it can provide some control; if you are connected to another person by a chain directly, and one of you is pulled or dragged, both of you will bear the brunt of it. Once the device is assembled, the holes drilled, the bolt secured, and the chain attached, make sure it all fits comfortably. Put some padding around the chain at your wrist, and pad the entrance to the tube if need be. If nothing else, wrap the chain in an old sock or two, and sand down the edges of the pipe to prevent it from cutting your arm. The final step is to fortify your creation. Many police departments now understand how lockboxes are constructed and know how to disassemble them. This does not mean locking down is ineffective, since it still takes the police time to react, retrieve the necessary tools, and cut apart each lockbox; but it is worth brainstorming about how to stay ahead of their technology. The police are likely to try to cut the pipe to expose your hand and the carabineer, or attack the box at the bolt. Consider ways to slow this process. You could wrap the lockbox in materials that dull saw blades, for example, or wind layers of duct tape and wire around it, or cover it in viscous tar and sand, or weld rebar armor to it—or do all of these! The more layers of material that require different forms of cutting technology, the better.2 For heavy lockboxes that can anchor you in place, you could put a layer of concrete around your pipe, and a layer of plastic or aluminum drain tubing around that. A police officer attempting to cut through a lockbox. ## Practice and Transport After all of the boxes are constructed, practice locking in and out of them. Do this alone until you have it down, then try it with a partner, locking at once into both sides of a box. Before an action, practice for speed and organization with everyone who will be involved, so things will go smoothly on the big day. To prevent confusion, you can label each end of each lockbox, and plan out which direction each person will face and the order in which people will lock together. It can help to have individuals involved who do not actually lock down on the line; not only can they help get things together quickly at the beginning, they can also provide food and water to the people who cannot move their arms, and help deal with police and others. It can be a challenge to get all the lockboxes to the site of the lockdown. You could hide them nearby in advance, or bear them there in a march, disguised as puppets or banners. If you have access to a car, you can use it to drop off all the lockboxes at the very moment your group suddenly converges at the chosen site. If you are doing a long blockade line, you have access to several cars, and speed is of the essence, pairs of blockaders could lock together in vehicles before driving to the area, then all be dropped off at the site and link up in a matter of seconds. A large group of people walking any distance with bulky lockboxes will probably attract the wrong kind of attention, especially if the authorities are on the lookout for civil disobedience, but you could come up with clever ways to camouflage them in a pinch. As in all blockading, if you are blocking a road or highway that is in use, it is crucial to stop traffic first. This can most easily be accomplished by another group working in concert with those who lock down; it is a lot to ask of a small group that they stop traffic, then lock themselves together properly while holding it at bay. Angry drivers can be even more dangerous than police under these circumstances; be careful not to give them the opportunity to do anything stupid. ## Once You’re Locked Together The people who have come with you to play supporting roles can complement your blockade with a rally, street party, or outreach event. If you are blocking a street, there will be drivers to witness street theater or receive pamphlets; if you’re blocking the entrance to an official event, there may be reporters to record you issuing your statement. Either way, there will be curious passersby who deserve to be told more about what’s going on and why, and perhaps to be entertained in the bargain. If your lockdown is going to create a traffic jam, and you are concerned that the action might be misinterpreted as an attack on civilian drivers, consider distributing peace offerings of some kind. Those locking down can be dressed in symbolic or expressive garb or draped in a banner explaining the reason for the action. If your human chain is not connected to anything at the ends, you could conceivably move from one point to another while locked together, but this will not be easy or particularly safe. If you are planning on moving at all, you should practice in advance, and perhaps designate coordinators to talk everyone through certain movements or count off marching steps. Whether you expect this to be an issue or not, it is wise to prepare a basic communication and decision-making structure in advance, if there are more than a couple of you planning to lock down together. ## Police Reactions, Legal Consequences Ultimately, there is no way to predict for sure how the police will react, so there is probably little to be gained spending hours debating it in your group. It is important to have a police liaison present to negotiate with the authorities or at least make sure they understand the situation, and reporters or other witnesses to temper or at least document their behavior. If they start to do something that seems dangerous, calmly inform them that your arm is inside the tube and that you are unable to remove it, and that a team of crack lawyers eagerly awaits the chance to sue them into oblivion. Police will always try to intimidate you; call their bluff while maintaining your composure. They may use pepper spray or similar weapons on you, but this could cost them a lot in the public eye, especially if you bear this persecution courageously. If your line is anchored at each end, they may begin by trying to disengage the people in the anchoring roles. If they can move the entire line out of the way and work on you once you are no longer blocking traffic, they probably will, but this will be difficult if you are seated or supine. If they can’t move you all, they will work lockbox by lockbox, cutting the line into smaller, more moveable sections. The method the police use to cut you out will depend on how experienced they are. No police department wants a lawsuit, so they will probably try not to injure you. If you hide the location of the central bolt, they will have no way of knowing where your hands are inside the tube; this will prevent them from simply cutting the tube in half. Often, the police will call in the fire department to use special tools designed for removing people from wreckage. > Last time I locked down, the police brought special wooden frames to support our PVC pipe lockboxes, then slowly dismantled the boxes with wire cutters, saws, and various other tools. It is also difficult to predict what your charges will be when you are arrested at the end of your lockdown. In the past, at least, the charge was often “incommoding,” the same charge associated with blocking a street or similar conduit with one’s body. The use of lockboxes is not a separate crime, though the police may make threats or try to tack on additional charges such as “possession of implements of crime” (PIC). > In both the lockdowns in which I participated, the police told us that because we used the lockboxes we would be charged with an additional PIC offense, but of course, as police are wont to do, they were lying. PVC pipe, chain, and carabineers are not implements of crime, no matter how you slice it. In multiple cases in the Stop Cop City movement in Atlanta in 2024, demonstrators who locked down were repeatedly charged with misdemeanor trespassing, but when two activists climbed a crane at a Brasfield & Gorrie construction site and locked themselves in place, a prosecutor charged them with “False Imprisonment,” a felony kidnapping charge. Absurdly, the police claimed that the crane operator—who was on the ground the entire time—was “unable to leave” due to the activists suspended 250 feet above him. In any case, you should have a group ready to provide immediate legal support. Barricades and blockades have a storied history in labor struggles in the United States. In this illustration, police officers face off with striking streetcar employees in New York City on March 4, 1886. Committing to a lockdown is a serious matter. You must be prepared for the ordeal of interacting with infuriated police officers over a protracted period of time, while being unable to move freely. This will be followed by the further ordeal of being arrested and spending time in jail. Embark on a lockdown in a state of inner peace and resolve, properly fed and hydrated, prepared to weather storms of danger and drama—and if you think you might be there for a long time, wear an adult diaper! * * * # Other Blockading Methods There are many other ways to create blockades. The most traditional is to build a barricade. An individual who desires to lock herself to something or someone can do so by putting a bicycle U-lock around her neck, though this requires the same support infrastructure that a traditional lockdown does. Extremely experienced and prepared groups can build tripods and suspend individuals from them, taking the civil disobedience of lockdowns to another level. Dirt roads can be blockaded by digging ditches across them; fencing, metal or wood poles, cables supporting such poles, or other materials can be planted in them, too.3 If police become anxious or confused enough, they may block off an area for you. A barricade at la ZAD in France. When blockading a busy thoroughfare, it is important to slow traffic to a safe speed first. A bicycling group could slow to a stop, becoming a blockade in itself and offering the opportunity for more permanent blockading to take place. Old bicycles, perhaps outfitted with extra metal, could be locked together and abandoned as a blockade at the conclusion of a bicycle ride. It is possible to set off the automatic arms of railroad crossings by using jumper cables to complete the circuit between little trigger wires on the tracks. Individuals dressed as construction workers can put out traffic cones and barrels and wave down cars; for that matter, giving drivers a spectacle of any kind to stare at will slow them down. A banner drop over a busy highway can slow traffic significantly, potentially creating a traffic jam which might itself constitute a blockade of sorts—nothing obstructs cars like more cars! Speaking of cars, you can drive old junker cars into place and disable them; better yet if you managed to buy them with cash from people who won’t remember anything useful about you if the authorities come asking. They can be loaded with barricading material, ready to be deployed wherever they end up; people can even lock down to them.4 Once traffic is slowed or stopped, you can stretch cables or fencing across highways and affix it to telephone poles, light posts, or guardrails. Don’t forget that quick-drying concrete can effectively seal many gates and other means of access. Mixing nuts and bolts or other material into it can make it more durable. For a humorous effect in a low-risk environment, you could brick up the door of an office or business. Pick a quiet night, so the mortar will have enough time to dry. When blocking off both ends of a street or bridge, make sure you leave an exit. You don’t want to let traffic in, but you also don’t want to trap civilians—or yourself. Always make sure that you are not blocking access to a hospital or similar establishment. Ecuador. A supposedly unstoppable force meets an actually immovable object. “Let your tears freeze to stones we can hurl from catapults.” * * * # Account In winter 2003, before the second Gulf War began, people were carrying out direct action all across the globe in an attempt to stop the war before it started and to connect the impending invasion of Iraq to the larger war that capitalism wages everywhere. Direct actions in New York City and San Francisco had shut down the Holland Tunnel and Financial District, respectively, and other protests were also making headlines. Anarchists and other direct action enthusiasts in Washington, DC were organizing regular actions while trying to prepare a plan to carry out as soon as the bombs started falling on Iraq. Our theme was “When the War Starts, America Stops.” We put out fliers calling for an “Emergency Response Direct Action—the Morning After War on Iraq Starts.” People who wanted to participate on bikes could show up for a “Race Against War” in Dupont circle; at the same time, people who wanted to participate on foot would head to the other side of town for a “March of Resistance” at the Eastern Market Metro stop. We also put out a call for groups to carry out actions on their own to further disrupt business as usual throughout the city. We had organized a lot of direct actions in DC over the preceding few years. The state was usually aware when there’s going to be a lot of protest activity, and the police presence would be really intense. Given this atmosphere, just meeting up for a protest without being shut down from the start could be really difficult. To account for this, we came up with a complicated plan like nothing we’d done before. We would use the city’s public transportation system and the fact that Washington, DC is wedged between two different states to our advantage. The march started in southeast DC, near the US Capitol. But instead of the march taking to the streets of that area, a typical setting for DC protests, the crowd was led down into the subway station. We handed out different colored slips of paper corresponding to the colors of the flags participants were to follow onto different cars of the same subway train. The people leading the groups into the different cars were responsible for making sure no one got separated from the protest and that everyone made it to the correct stop. On the train, people sang, chanted, had conversations with commuters, and passed out fliers about why we were there. A lot of folks in DC ride the train to work at that hour, so it was a good opportunity to take our message directly to many people. You can disable cars and trucks quickly and easily by using a stick to push a large raw potato into the exhaust pipe and out of sight. This technique can baffle even skilled mechanics. Once the potato is removed the automobile will work again. After the train crossed the river into Virginia, the various color-coded groups were instructed to exit at the Roslyn stop, a short walk from the Key Bridge. The Key Bridge is a main artery between DC and Virginia; it serves as the entrance to Georgetown, one of Washington’s wealthiest and most upscale shopping districts and also full of targets which could be related to the war. In addition, the Metro stop was only a few short blocks from the offices of the Boeing Corporation, another possible target with obvious connections to the war. As the march headed toward the Key Bridge on the Virginia side, the Critical Mass ride was weaving its way through the DC streets to meet the march on the DC side of the bridge. We hoped that this would enable us to block the bridge effectively from both sides, bringing business as usual to a halt, focusing attention on the war that had begun only hours before. To add to the display of resistance and accompany our actions with precise and pointed messaging, other affinity groups, separate from the march and bike ride, brought banners to the bridge and hung them up around the main intersections while still other groups handed out fliers detailing our reasons for shutting down the bridge and explaining our opposition to the war. Two drivers sat in junker cars near the bridge on the Virginia and DC sides, waiting for the word that the march and bike ride were nearing so they could get into place. When they learned that the march was coming, both cars drove out and stopped and parked at the DC side of the bridge. Originally, there was to be a car on each side, but the police presence on the Virginia side of the bridge, combined with the landscape of the area, made it seem very unlikely that a driver who had to abandon a car there would be able to make a successful getaway. The drivers parked their cars at an angle to take up as many lanes as possible, hopped out, moved to remove the license plates that had enabled them to drive around safely, and ran like hell to get away. Unfortunately, there were hundreds of cops on the DC side of the bridge, some of whom immediately began chasing one of the drivers. They eventually caught up to him, punched him a couple of times, and threw him in the back of a paddy wagon. They also picked up one of the scouts who was doing communications on the bridge, mistaking her for the guy who had been driving the other car. In custody, she heard over the radio that the cops had realized their mistake. They suddenly opened the doors to the police van, saying, “Get out, we don’t want to deal with you right now”—and let both people go! Three people were arrested on the Virginia side of the bridge. We had a bail fund and legal support team ready to go to get them out. They were out in a couple of hours, and thanks to the coordination of the National Lawyers Guild and DC’s local direct action legal collective, a local lawyer took the cases for free. * * * Let’s back up and talk about how we put this together. This action posed several organizing challenges because we did not know when the war would start. Because of that, we took steps to ensure that we had all the needed action roles sorted out weeks in advance. We even had understudies for some of the roles, in case certain people happened to be unavailable the day we needed to carry out the action. In the planning for the action, we secured two junker cars to help stop traffic from reaching the bridge. The two cars, one of which was a minivan, were also loaded up with big scraps of wood and metal (including a bed frame), chains, and locks that would be used to form barricades that would fill in the areas around the cars. In the vicinity of the site of the action, there were also road signs and other construction-related barricades that could have pulled into the street. The plan was for an affinity group in the march to open up the cars and pull out all the materials to set up the barricades—but it happened that the folks who were going to do this were tied up on the other side of the bridge by a heavy police presence. By the time they got near the cars, the police had blocked them off and made them inaccessible. In addition to getting drivers for the vehicles and people to assist in building the blockades, we secured volunteers for several other key roles. We had a loop of communications people within the bike ride, the march, and on the bridge as scouts, as well as folks on site in advance to check for any early police presence. Cell phones were used to insure the simultaneous arrival of both the march and the Critical Mass ride. We also had a couple of people set to lead the various risk levels of the march: those who couldn’t risk arrest followed one color flag to a support rally across the street, while those who could engage in blocking the street followed another. While our ultimate goal was for no one to be arrested, we wanted to make sure that those for whom arrest was not an option were able to participate as well, and to feel comfortable participating. Action medics and legal observers accompanied the march, and the variety of roles allowed for those who could not engage directly in the blockades to play an equally active and important part. This plan was largely organized in public, so the police presence awaiting us was unavoidable. Only a handful knew the full details of where we would end up, but unfortunately that must have been leaked. Had we done a better job of keeping the target a secret, we might have had more time to get things in place. On the other hand, the bridge we picked is one of the main entrances to the city, so it might have had a large police presence regardless. However, the bridge was completely shut down for about 30 minutes, and partially shut down and made into a spectacle for hours after that. It was a nasty day, cold and pouring rain. The action didn’t entirely go as planned—the idea was to shut down both ends of the bridge and have a street party against the war in the middle. Instead, the police cleared all of us from the bridge pretty quickly. But it was shut down, our message against the war and business as usual was all over the news, and the action clearly affected the morning commute to work. In addition, we gained useful experience for our future endeavors. A barricade in Lebanon. * * * # Further Reading * “Lock-Ons, Devices, Tree-Sits, and More” by the Direct Action Movement 1. Subsequent to the original publication of this guide in the book _Recipes for Disaster,_ the Swedish d-beat band Auktion took this section title for the title of their hit song of the same name—a dream come true for any anarchist publisher. ↩ 2. For example, barbed wire need not only appear in your life as an obstacle; you can also apply it yourself to obstruct the movements of your foes. ↩ 3. You can heat rocks in a fire and use them to blockade a road or thoroughfare. Use porous rocks, as nonporous rocks will simply explode, and be sure to identify them for everyone’s safety. For the sake of convenience, you could set the fire, rocks within it, at the location to be blockaded, so as not to have to work out how to move them. ↩ 4. When puncturing tires, aim for the sidewall; if you want to be sure the spare won’t help, you can puncture at least two of them. You can also use a pocket-size valve stem remover to disable tires without puncturing them. ↩
crimethinc.com
April 11, 2025 at 8:38 PM
Then They Came for the Palestinians : How to Respond to the Kidnapping of Mahmoud Khalil
On March 8, Department of Homeland Security agents kidnapped Mahmoud Khalil, a Palestinian organizer and graduate student at Columbia University who had permanent residency in the United States. Donald Trump’s State Department arbitrarily revoked his residency. They are holding Khalil in Louisiana, over a thousand miles from his home. This is part of Donald Trump’s promised crackdown on Palestine solidarity activism at Columbia University and other schools around the country. Above all, however, it is a test, and how we respond will determine what happens to the rest of us later—as Martin Niemöller described in his well-known poem. Here, we will explore the stakes of this moment and share experience from anarchists whose comrade was similarly kidnapped for participating in the Occupy ICE movement in San Antonio, Texas in 2018. * * * # The Antisemitic Plan to Smear Palestine Solidarity as Antisemitic The Trump regime has promised to deport millions of undocumented people, and their efforts are already underway. The kidnapping of Mahmoud Khalil is something different. Khalil is a permanent resident of the United States who is being targeted for political reasons. Trump is seeking to set an additional precedent in order to open a new front in his campaign to purge the United States of dissidents. This is the culmination of two years of planning. In April 2023, the billionaire-backed Heritage Foundation published Project 2025, a playbook to overhaul the federal government of the United States in order to consolidate autocratic power in the hands of Donald Trump. Although Trump temporarily distanced himself from Project 2025 during his campaign, it proved to be a solid predictor of his game plan once in office. In October 2024, the Heritage Foundation followed up Project 2025 with Project Esther, a playbook for repressing those who oppose the genocide of Palestinians. In the text of their report, the Heritage Foundation depicts all concern for Palestinians as participation in “a global Hamas Support Network” and explicitly accuses Jewish Voice for Peace and many other Jewish people of being “antisemitic” for refusing to support Zionism. At the same time, the report relies heavily on anti-Semitic tropes such as fearmongering about George Soros. This exemplifies the way that the far right has sought to appropriate concerns about antisemitism to promote racism, Islamophobia, and antisemitic conspiracy theories. A slide from a Heritage Foundation presentation about Project Esther. Note that “Soros” and Jewish Voice for Peace are at the tops of the columns titled “Masterminds” and “Organizers.” The chief source of Trump’s appeal is that he has been able to channel the considerable anger of the downwardly mobile away from those who hold power and towards scapegoats, creating a pressure valve for a wide range of resentments. But in order to scapegoat people without consequences, it is necessary to undermine their social ties, to prevent others from identifying with them, to carve up society into isolated and mutually hostile factions. Reducing all empathy for Palestinians to support for Hamas is a discursive maneuver intended to frame all who speak out against genocide as legitimate targets for Trump’s government. In addition to demonizing Palestinians, Project Esther lays the groundwork to attack Jewish people as “antisemites” if they don’t get on board with Christian Nationalist priorities. This strategy weaponizes an existing rift that cuts through the Democratic Party—the question of whether Palestinians deserve to be treated as human beings—in order to create the conditions for a fascist takeover of the United States as well as further colonial violence abroad. The ones who stand to gain the most from this strategy are not Zionist Jews, but authoritarian Gentiles. In view of the significance of Project 2025, we should not underestimate how central Project Esther is to the Trump administration’s strategy. This will help us to understand the kidnapping of Mahmoud Khalil. The core of Trump policy is performative violence. That is why they have kidnapped an activist who has never been charged with a crime, whose wife—an American citizen—is eight months pregnant, who has a legal right to reside in the United States according to all established precedents. That is why they intentionally targeted a negotiator, the same way that the Israeli government routinely murders negotiators in Palestine. The point is to be shocking, to _terrorize,_ to show that they can do things in public that the Biden administration had to do secretively. Everyone who has excused or minimized the genocide of Palestinians—for example, by spending at least as much time talking about the 1139 Israelis killed on October 7, 2023 as they do addressing the tens of thousands of Palestinian, Lebanese, and Syrian people slaughtered since then—must understand that today, supporting Israel means supporting Trump’s brand of fascism. The escalating violence of the Israeli colonial project helped create the conditions for Trump’s return; now that he is back in office, excusing Israeli colonialism can only facilitate Trump’s own consolidation of power. As we argued on the night of the 2024 election, > The Biden administration has already done much of the work to desensitize the general public to the program that an emboldened second Trump administration will attempt to carry out—above all, by supporting the Israeli military in carrying out a brutal genocide in Gaza. In so doing, Biden and Harris have accustomed millions of people to the idea that human life has no inherent value—that it is acceptable to slaughter, imprison, and torment people based on their status in a targeted demographic. **You either embrace the struggle for the liberation of Palestine or you become an accomplice in the rise of fascism.** This was always true, but today there is no possible excuse not to recognize it. Even if your sole concern is fighting antisemitism and you do not care what happens to people of any other ethnicity, you pave the way for antisemites to gain power by standing aside as Palestinians are kidnapped. Like Palestinians, Jewish people are on the hit list of potential scapegoats, and what befalls one scapegoat will eventually befall another. If there are no serious consequences for the kidnapping of Mahmoud Khalil, then soon enough, the Trump administration will push the envelope, moving on to kidnap other activists who obstruct the far-right agenda. Likewise, the Israeli genocide of Palestinians is a template for bloodshed that will be used again and again as long as there are no significant consequences. If politicians like Trump retain their sway by inflicting violence, they will have to continuously expand the range of people they target and the intensity of that violence, just as the Nazis did between 1933 and 1945. * * * # What Will It Take? For now, a judge has ordered a temporary delay in the expulsion of Mahmoud Khalil from the United States. But this should reassure no one. If we count on judges to restrain Trump, we will have no recourse when Trump’s administration simply ignores the laws, and no plan when he manages to replace them with loyal flunkies—or has his flunkies replace the laws themselves. On March 10, demonstrators gathered in New York City for a protest that took the streets, resulting at one point in tussles with police. On March 11 and 12, further protests will ensue in New York, Chicago, Minneapolis, and elsewhere. But the point of these protests must not be to petition the authorities. Donald Trump is not a well-meaning public servant looking to represent his constituents. He is a power-hungry sadist who benefits from our displays of grief and impotent rage. Politics in the United States today is a question of relations of raw force. When we take the streets, we are not addressing Trump or his ghoulish underlings; we are addressing each other. We are setting out to demonstrate that resistance is possible, that there are tactics that can exert concrete leverage against our oppressors, that there are enough people invested in solidarity that it can become a social force capable of compelling Trump and his lackeys to stand down. At the March 10 demonstration in New York, participants handed out fliers to this effect: > Fascist politicians need the police. But we know masses of people can get the better of the police, their cars, equipment, cameras. All we have to do is to start acting like our friends, neighbors, and our own lives are at stake. All other options have been exhausted. We have to pull down the new fascism before it consolidates control. If we settle for waving signs and chanting, our fate is sealed. If we remember the summer of 2020, we stand a fighting chance. Mahmoud Khalil. * * * # Learning from Experience Mahmoud Khalil is not the first person in recent history to be targeted by ICE for political activism. To get more perspective, we reached out to anarchists in San Antonio whose comrade was kidnapped during the Occupy ICE movement in 2018. > This isn’t the first time that something like this has happened. In 2018, ICE targeted a filmmaker and student for their participation in the Occupy ICE camp in San Antonio. They were targeted as a consequence of their activism; the authorities used their political beliefs and tweets as evidence against them. > > Both our movement and the campaign to free our friend were held back by our decision to defer to the lawyers. The lawyers wanted to run a PR campaign based on respectability politics and innocence narratives, erasing our radical politics from the conversation. As time went on, the lawyers related with hostility and suspicion towards some participants in the movement. > > Deferring to the lawyers and separating the legal support from the movement itself was detrimental to both. We gave up many tools that we could have used to fight; this contributed to fragmenting our movement. There was no rally, no day of action, no unrest, no political scandal. Not even a phone zap! > > In 2018, we were aware of the example of the Northwest Detention Center resistance, at which ICE detained the activist Maru Villaplanado. Maru Villaplanado was ultimately released and granted legal status due to a campaign of pressure and mobilization. Unfortunately, this knowledge did not lead us to take the kind of action that could have made a difference for our friend. > > Many of us were young and inexperienced. We did not know better than to trust the lawyers. We didn’t know how to draw on the experience of other movements before us or around the country. Since then, we have learned that lawyers should have a very limited influence on our movements. They should focus on their work in the courts. We must prioritize organizing a strong political response, as that is the only real source of power and pressure that we can draw upon outside the legal system. > > There is no silver bullet or magic combination of tactics that would be guaranteed to stop Mahmoud’s deportation. However, if we limit ourselves to depending upon a legal system that has no regard for the humanity of its captives while the state targets an activist on explicitly political grounds, we will fail while simultaneously sabotaging ourselves. We wonder how differently things might have gone if we had called for national days of action. We wonder if there was some chance that we could have stopped them from deporting our friend. We don’t know the answer because we didn’t try. > > To have any chance of saving Mahmoud Khalil or any of the millions of immigrants in the crosshairs of the white supremacist state, we will need movements that are resilient, that grow in numbers and combativeness. Palestinian, immigrant, Black, Indigenous, and working-class organization and action must create a political crisis that interrupts the deportation machine. If we lead with an organized political response, we will have a better chance of stopping the deportation of Mahmoud and our other comrades and of interrupting the entire system it relies on. I hope that everyone who is confronting this tragedy today can learn something from our experience and put those lessons into practice. > > This is not the first time this has happened. If our enemies have their way, it won’t be the last. It is up to us to organize in defense of our friends, families, and neighbors. > > -Some Cicadas from Abolish ICE, San Antonio, Texas * * * # We Are Made for Each Other Let us conclude by expressing gratitude for the courage of Mahmoud Khalil and others who have risked their own freedom in order to express solidarity with other people. In doing so, they show us what is best in humanity—and that gives us a reason to fight for ourselves and each other. Khalil has already distinguished himself in the fight to create a world without ethnic cleansing or genocide. It remains for us to do the same in return. > For everyone who has met Mahmoud, they can attest to his incredible character, humbleness, selflessness, and his love for helping others. He is always willing to stand up for the oppressed. He is funny, kind, and sometimes a little messy. He constantly puts his needs last when it comes to helping others. I always tell him that sometimes he needs to put himself first. He always responds with, “People are made for each other, and you should always be willing to lend a helping hand.” > > -Mahmoud Khalil’s wife (identified thus, rather than by name, in the original source) There is a fundraiser for Mahmoud Khalil here. The Palestine solidarity movement on Columbia campus in spring 2024.
crimethinc.com
March 21, 2025 at 8:21 PM
"The Only Immigrant Trying to Steal My Job Is Elon Musk" : A Bus Driver's Perspective on Elon Musk's Austerity Measures
In the following narrative, a bus driver describes how the cuts that Elon Musk is carrying out in the federal government are affecting ordinary public transit workers. There is a poetic opposition between the figure of the anonymous bus driver and Elon Musk, the billionaire car mogul. The bus driver and the automobile profiteer represent different modes of transportation—public and private—that imply different models for society. On the one hand, a vision of collectivity emerging from common resources and public service; on the other, an unbridled profit motive justifying privatization, isolation, and immiseration. Everyone riding together—or the lone plutocrat speeding away from a betrayed community. Why else market the “Cybertruck” as bulletproof? Elon Musk made much of his fortune from taxpayer-funded subsidies; now he is trying to delete all of the functions of the government except the ones that benefit him personally. The irony of a man who made his fortune selling cars implying that impoverished _bus drivers_ are parasites on the public should not be lost on anyone. As much as Elon Musk pretends to be an enemy of big government, billionaires like him need the state more than anyone else does. It is easy enough to imagine public transit without the state—all it would take would be to abolish the mechanisms (such as property rights) that impose artificial scarcity, so that those who enjoy doing things for others’ benefit could do so without fear of going hungry. But it is not possible to imagine Elon Musk without a government forcefully extracting hundreds of billions of dollars of taxes with which to protect him from those he exploits and oppresses. People around the country have begun expressing their displeasure against Elon Musk by demonstrating at Tesla dealerships. Another round of demonstrations is scheduled for March 1, this Saturday. Without further ado, the bus driver’s story. Click on the image to download the flier. * * * # “The Only Immigrant Trying to Steal My Job Is Elon Musk” “Did you see that Facebook post about the budget cuts?” my co-worker asks. “What the fuck, no,” I reply. She hands me her phone. I see a headline announcing that, due to the push to slash basic services coming from Elon Musk and Donald Trump, 20% of our funding for local public transportation is now threatened. Lawyers are fighting it out in the courts, but if these cuts go through, it will mean less service, possible layoffs, and lots of people not having access to a system that is one of the few lifelines for poor people in our area. People depend on these buses to get to their jobs, to medical appointments, to programs for special needs adults, to court dates. I sit back down, staring out the window at the cold, grey parking lot. I am waiting for a member of the morning shift to come in with a bus so I can take it out. A few buses dot the bus yard. They’re sitting idle because the parts on order haven’t come in for months—even years, in some cases—and because the city refuses to hire enough mechanics to keep up with daily maintenance. This means that drivers on night shift, like me, sometimes have to wait hours for a bus to arrive. Our transit agency, which contracts out to a huge multi-national corporation, is already dramatically underfunded. The new cuts will only compound our existing problems. “Fucking Musk, man,” I say with a sigh. Another co-worker on the night shift agrees with me. He’s in his mid-70s, but he’s still working full time because he recently burned through all his savings burying his parents. I launch into a long rant about how both Musk and Trump hate labor unions and workers and want to replace us all with artificial intelligence. A third co-worker, presumably a Trump supporter, grumbles about how “they” just want to blame the cuts threatening our jobs on the “administration.” Who else would you blame it on? * * * It’s pitch-dark when I enter the trailer park, passing a metal gate, I drive slowly through the ever-growing rows of manufactured homes. Some of them have signs reading “For sale.” “Lots of people moving out?” I ask my only passenger. “Yeah, no one can afford to live here anymore,” she replies. As I turn the corner, she launches into a long tirade about the corporation who owns the trailer park and how they keep raising the cost of “space rent,” the monthly fee that mobile home owners pay to trailer park owners. “Every year the rent here goes up. New people move in from out of town and they can pay more, and that’s pushing us out,” she says, as I unhook her walker inside the cold, dark bus cab. “I don’t know why the landlords are so greedy. Do they just want everything?” I lower her and her walker down onto the pavement outside her trailer. As the electronic ramp whirls its gears, I turn to my left. In her front window, there is a strange collage of images of Donald Trump. It is faded and worn from the sun. I shake my head and chuckle, resisting the temptation to point out the obvious. How can you complain about a corporate landlord ruining your life, but place all of your hopes in another landlord who is trying to become a dictator? Perhaps she senses my disdain. “Trump is gonna fix it, you’ll see. Prices are going to go down once he starts drilling.” My eyes narrow. “Biden was drilling more oil than any president before him,” I reply. “He needs to get his _head_ drilled,” she retorts, making me laugh. Then she launches into another rant about DEI and how it ruined the schools she apparently taught at before she retired. As she hobbles inside, I cast one more glance over my shoulder. Trump’s smiling face leers back at me, ominous. The machine moans as the wheelchair lift cycles back into place. * * * I meet all sorts of people like this at my job. One guy smells like piss so bad while I strap in his wheelchair that I have to turn my head so I don’t gag. The car in front of the house where I pick him up has a bumper sticker on it reading, “I Don’t Trust the Liberal Media.” I wonder if the conservative media is telling him his healthcare is about to be nuked from orbit. Another guy, as I load and unload his wheelchair, takes out his Trump hat, puts it on, and asks me what I think of it. I tell him Trump and Musk want to use the military to shoot protesters, destroy unions, and fire workers like me, so why would I give a fuck about them. He looks away, says, “Alright then,” and jets off on his electronic scooter. I wonder if he is looking forward to ICE deporting half of his neighbors. On election day, I lost it and got into a heated back and forth with a pro-Trump guy. He rested his case by proclaiming that we need to make it easier on rich people so that the wealth will trickle down to the rest of us. I want to grab these people and shake them. Trump represents the triumph of the nihilism of our age. The foreclosure of the idea that the working-class can take and shape its own destiny. Instead, apparently, we should throw ourselves at the mercy of a reality TV star who shits in a gold toilet, eats breakfast with billionaire pedophiles, and has dinner with neo-Nazis between rounds of golf. In the absence of the kind of social movements that could connect people and enable them to grow and change, Trump has built a mass parasocial spectacle that makes these isolated people feel like they are part of something greater than themselves even as all of our lives become smaller and smaller, more and more impoverished and alienated. There’s an old saying that society get the villains it deserves. Perhaps our age is getting the fascists it deserves, too. * * * I shuffle into the union hall, past the placards reading “ON STRIKE” and faded signs several decades old. Almost fifteen years ago, during Occupy, I attended a meeting in this same room. I wonder what’s changed since then. I find a seat and one of our union shop stewards slides a packet across the table to me. I open it up and start paging through it, looking at the spreadsheets and graphs. We start to discuss the ins and outs of the proposed contract that our elected union representatives and corporate lawyers have been going over during recent meetings. One of the much-hated top corporate bosses was recently fired for corruption, much to the delight of the entire workforce. As one of my co-workers said, “Really tells you a lot about a place when motherfuckers are walking around singing, ‘Ding-dong, the witch is dead!’ and morale has never been higher!” We go through the contract. Despite a few small improvements, things are mostly the same. “What about the pay?” I ask, fingers crossed. The shop steward cocks her head to the side and turns a page, pointing with her pen to a graph showing a dollar increase. She explains that the contract will be for _five years,_ during which time we’ll only be getting a few cents more each year. “This is literally what I was making ten years ago,” I sigh, “and this contract will be valid for five years?” I already can’t save money. Imagine what things will be like in five years. She shrugs. “We’re encouraging you to vote “Yes,”’ she says, and hands me a piece of paper on which to mark an “X” signifying yes or no. If enough workers vote the contract through, the company will ratify it and it will govern my life for the next five years—presuming that I don’t get downsized. Any strike or protest activity will be illegal, as per our “No Strike” agreement. If enough people vote no, it goes back to the union bargaining team, and they will continue to bargain for more changes in closed door meetings. I head into another room, mark an X by “NO,” and drop the piece of paper into a wooden box. I wave to a few co-workers on my way out. As I leave, I pass a portrait of Sean O’Brien, the president of the Teamsters union. _You smug bastard,_ I say to myself. I remember his glasses and bald head on stage of the Republican National Convention last year, when he called Donald Trump a “Tough son of a bitch.” What a dipshit. I used to have a poster in my room many years ago, proclaiming, “The past doesn’t pass.” Next to the slogan was a photo of striking Teamster bus drivers—bus drivers, just like me—beating police officers with baseball bats during the general strike of 1934 in Minneapolis. That was one of the decisive labor battles that forced the ruling class to accept the New Deal in order to cool down the class war that was brewing on the streets. The past doesn’t pass, but the future can leave you behind. * * * At home, I look over a letter announcing that people in my neighborhood shouldn’t drink the tap water because the levels of uranium in the river are too high. Sometimes I wonder what I would say to my children about this moment in history—if I could afford to have children. Probably the same things my parents say to me now: they’re sorry we are inheriting this world. Sorry they didn’t fix it. Sorry they didn’t build strong enough movements to turn the tide against these monsters. At work, as I drive, I begin to notice that there are fewer Trump flags and signs out. Resentment is rising. A joke by a cashier here about being replaced by AI, a comment there about Trump cutting programs. I walk into the break room and someone is shaking their head angrily while watching a video of Musk on their phone. They mutter something about tariffs and rising prices. The tension in the air is palpable. It is similar to how things felt at the start of the economic crisis in 2008, when many of the homes in my neighborhood were foreclosed on and many people lost their jobs. It also reminds me of the start of the pandemic—how at first, I thought it wouldn’t be so bad, only to watch in horror as our family members and friends succumbed to the virus. In 2008, many people thought that crowds would flood the streets immediately when the administration bailed out the banks while leaving the rest of us high and dry. That didn’t happen. It took years for resistance to grow. In Chicago, workers occupied their factory when they were terminated without pay. In Wisconsin, workers occupied the capitol building against government attacks on collective bargaining. In California, students occupied universities to protest budget cuts. The Occupy movement began in the fall of 2011 and rapidly built to massive occupations of city squares across the US, coordinated port shut downs, and a general strike in Oakland, California. With Joe Biden as vice president, the federal government helped to coordinate violent raids targeting the movement in order to break it apart. In 2020, on the other hand, things didn’t fester—they exploded like a bomb. Millions of people across the country mobilized in response to the pandemic, providing mutual aid in the face of government inaction and right-wing disinformation, and then hit the streets in the George Floyd uprising. Who knows how things will evolve this time. It will probably be different from both of those scenarios, but it could be similar in some ways. What is clear is that _things are not as people expected them to be._ Many people on the left thought—or at least hoped—that Trump would govern the way he did the first time, constrained by mass protest, the courts, and his own party. Many who voted for him honestly did not expect him to follow through on many of the policies he explicitly promised to carry out. Those who were not paying attention are surprised that suddenly, jobs are disappearing and services are being cut while prices only continue to rise. The material conditions are forcing people to reckon with the fact that the state is attempting to reshape our lives for the sake of an authoritarian project. As we speak, thousands of people are flooding town halls across the United States, screaming at their so-called representatives about the plan to gut programs like Medicaid—only to hear the bureaucrats repeat a slew of MAGA talking points. Anger is brewing. Hopefully the MAGA strategy of “flooding the zone” with shit will produce diminishing returns as people turn towards their neighbors and co-workers and away from their phones and YouTube. This is an opportunity for us to call out the authoritarian project of the Trump administration, the techno-dystopian fantasies of billionaires like Musk, and the complicity of the Democrats who helped make all of this possible. Beyond naming the systems that we are up against, we also need to be clear about our position as workers and how the billionaires running the country want both to hurt us and to weaponize our anger, turning us against each other through propaganda and fearmongering. This is why it’s important to stand in solidarity with everyone attacked by the Trump administration, whether trans folks, migrants, prisoners, or beyond. We can’t leave anyone behind. The only immigrant trying to steal my job is Elon Musk. It’s time to be clear that our interests are not theirs; we must develop and promote our own vision of a better world in total opposition to the ruling class, the billionaires, and their fascist puppets. Moreover, it’s time for action. We need to give expression to these antagonisms while revealing the poverty of the institutional forms currently at our disposal—the Democratic party, the ever-shrinking union bureaucracy, the non-profits. We can show examples of past struggles and resistance from the mass wildcat strikes by teachers in West Virginia and the fierce anti-fascist mobilizations against the alt-right to the airport shutdowns following the Muslim Ban. We can support and expand the existing fronts that are already breaking out around us: protests against Musk outside of Tesla, rallies to demand that hospitals continue to treat trans people, community defense and rapid response networks to address ICE attacks, bashing back against the violence of the far right. We can demonstrate the utility of tactics and strategies that others can take up and expand on as all of us figure out how to fight in the new reality. It’s hard to look at the news without imagining tanks on the streets or scenes out of _V for Vendetta._ But the scenario I worry about most is that this will simply become _the new normal._ That we will accept this just as we accepted the last round of attacks. As we accepted the genocide in Gaza. As we accepted the ecological gun to our heads that is climate change. While people are angry and energized, we have a chance to push in a new direction. Let’s use this moment to foster broad and popular networks of resistance that improve our lives, strengthen our communities, and enable us to meet our needs directly. At this point, we don’t have much of a choice. Like it or not, this is life now—and it is coming for all of us.
crimethinc.com
March 3, 2025 at 8:24 PM
Become an Anarchist or Forever Hold Your Peace
As Donald Trump and Elon Musk subordinate the United States government to their pursuit of totalitarian power, their opponents remain in a defensive posture, accusing them of lawlessness. But neither courts nor laws will halt the descent into autocracy. Massive numbers of people will have to take it upon themselves to organize concrete acts of resistance, to take direct action on a horizontal and participatory basis—in other words, to become anarchists. * * * # Tyranny Is the Opposite of Anarchism On February 8, the editorial board of the _New York Times_ wrote that Elon Musk > “is on a mission to rampage through the government’s confidential payment systems with an anarchist’s glee.” If you know any real-life anarchists, you know how absurd this is. Given access to the government’s payment systems, no anarchist would begin by cutting off resources to starving children or medical research. An anarchist would begin by cutting off funding to the police and the other instruments of state violence—precisely the institutions that Donald Trump and Elon Musk will expand at any cost. Anyone who tells you anarchism is about abolishing the social safety net for the sake of unbridled profit is lying to you outright. There are other words for that—for example, _neoliberalism._ Anarchism is something else entirely. Anarchists propose to abolish all institutional means of coercion, so that no one can dominate or oppress anyone else: > Anarchism is the idea that everyone is entitled to complete self-determination. No law, government, or decision-making process is more important than the needs and desires of actual human beings. People should be free to shape their relations to their mutual satisfaction, and to stand up for themselves as they see fit. > > Anarchists oppose all forms of hierarchy—every currency that concentrates power into the hands of a few, every mechanism that puts us at a distance from our potential. > > -To Change Everything In other words, anarchists seek to bring about a situation in which no politician or billionaire, elected or not, could ever be in a position to cut off essential resources to millions of people with the flick of a pen. This is a profounder commitment to freedom, equality, and the well-being of the general public than one can find within the halls of any government. At this moment of peril, when aspiring autocrats have taken power and are attempting to consolidate permanent control of the state, why would the _New York Times_ muddy the waters by taking a cheap shot at some of Donald Trump’s most determined enemies? Looking more closely at the quote above, it seems that the editorial board’s chief concern is not what will happen as a consequence of Elon Musk’s actions, but whether Musk and his cronies are following the rules properly. * * * # A Three-Sided Conflict As Trump and Musk carry out a hostile takeover of the United States government, outlets like the _New York Times_ are narrating a story in which there are two sides: on one side, democracy and the rule of law, and on the other side, the criminal oligarchs that threaten to undermine them. But this is not the only way to understand the situation. It would be more precise to say that there are three camps—those who desire to return to the forms of governance that prevailed until January 20, 2025; those who are currently in the process of overturning that system in order to impose an even more oppressive system; and those who reject both of those options in favor of a more egalitarian alternative. In the first camp, we find people who believe that a certain amount of self-determination is acceptable, as long as it falls neatly within whatever laws happen to be on the books. They are also comfortable with a wide range of ruthless self-seeking destructive behavior, provided that it, too, complies with those same laws. When people in this camp talk about “equality,” they do not mean that all of us should have comparable leverage on the conditions that determine what we can do with our lives. They mean equal opportunity on the market and equality before the law—both of which are preposterous to speak about when some people start life with pennies while others start with billions. People in this camp are concerned about Elon Musk overhauling the federal government, but they had no objection to him amassing hundreds of billions of dollars while a hundred million Americans lived paycheck to paycheck. They are concerned about Trump’s plans for Gaza, but until a few weeks ago many of them were perfectly at ease with the United States government funding a genocide there. In the second camp, we find those who are determined to consolidate power in their own hands, regardless of what laws happen to be on the books. Donald Trump, Elon Musk, and their various capitalist, nationalist, and fascist backers will preserve whatever laws assist them and overturn the rest. They have no allegiance to any particular legal system or protocol. They seek their own advantage by any means, mendaciously claiming that they are the only ones who can address the problems of our time (“I alone can fix it”). Such people have always existed, but only over the past few years have resources become so unevenly distributed that a handful of them could take over the United States government. Finally, in the third camp, we find anarchists and other rebels who _also_ have no allegiance to the system of governance that has prevailed until now, but for entirely different reasons. Anarchists believe that everyone deserves the maximum amount of freedom, regardless of what laws happen to be on the books—and therefore, that no one deserves to be able to _dominate_ anyone else, whether by hoarding access to resources or wielding the instruments of state repression. People in this camp hold that regardless of what any constitution proclaims, regardless of how an electorate votes in an election, none of us owe any allegiance to institutions that exist solely for the purpose of imposing disparities in power, whether we are talking about government departments, banks, or private military contractors. In contrast to those who are comfortable with oligarchy and ethnic cleansing as long as no one breaks the rules, there is no way to bribe or blackmail anarchists into making excuses for oppression. Whatever your politics, **you** are probably sympathetic to the anarchist analysis to some degree—perhaps more than you think. Try this thought experiment: > How much do you buy into the idea that the democratic process should trump your own conscience and values? Imagine yourself in a democratic republic with slaves—say, ancient Athens, or ancient Rome, or the United States of America until the end of 1865. Would you obey the law and treat people as property while endeavoring to change the laws, knowing full well that whole generations might live and die in chains in the meantime? Or would you act according to your conscience in defiance of the law, like Harriet Tubman and John Brown? > > If you would follow in the footsteps of Harriet Tubman, then you, too, believe that there is something more important than the rule of law. This is a problem for anyone who wants to make conformity with the law or with the will of the majority into the final arbiter of legitimacy. > > -From Democracy to Freedom * * * # No Law Will Give You Freedom Staking the defense against Donald Trump on the principle that “no one is above the law” has failed for eight years now. Worse, with Trump back in control of the government, it’s a self-defeating narrative. What happens when his lackeys in Congress pass new laws and the judges he appoints rule in his favor? At that point, all this rhetoric legitimizing the law as a good in itself will only strengthen Trump’s hand. Many people spent several years of Trump’s first term waiting on former FBI director Robert Mueller to investigate and prosecute Donald Trump. As we argued back then, before Mueller’s investigation ended in a complete washout, this doomed strategy reflected a fundamental misunderstanding of the balance of power and the nature of law itself: > Democrats still don’t understand how power works. Crime is not the violation of the rules, but the stigma attached to those who break rules without the power to make them. (As they say, steal $25, go to jail; steal $25 million, go to Congress.) At the height of Genghis Khan’s reign, it would have been pointless to accuse the famous tyrant of breaking the laws of the Mongol Empire; as long as Trump has enough of Washington behind him, the same goes for him. Laws don’t exist in some transcendent realm. They are simply the product of power struggles among the elite—not to mention the passivity of the governed—and they are enforced according to the prevailing balance of power. To fetishize the law is to accept that might makes right. It means abdicating the responsibility to do what is ethical regardless of what the laws happen to be. In the long run, the courts cannot constrain Donald Trump. He controls the executive branch, the part of the government that is supposed to enforce their rulings. Nor will the courts constrain Elon Musk. Even apart from Trump’s support, he has unlimited money for court cases. If the courts attempt to punish him by imposing fines, he can afford to pay for tens of billions of dollars’ worth of illegal activity. He already routinely refuses to pay rent and other bills that no ordinary person could ever get away with shrugging off. Nor will the police and other law-enforcement agencies constrain Trump or Musk. In theory, the police exist to enforce laws; in practice, the average cop knows very little about the law—they’re not lawyers, after all—but a great deal about obeying orders. Trump is the favorite politician of the mercenary caste, the ones who sell their capacity to inflict violence to the highest bidder (be that the state or private security contractors). Just as Trump has filled his government with disgraced public figures who depend on him, the police are his natural allies—the more so as a consequence of their compromised relationship with the general public. Continuing to emphasize the centrality of law in objections to Trump’s agenda can only hamstring future movements, discouraging the emergence of the only kind of resistance that could offer any hope once he has completed his takeover of the federal government. > The truth is, neither the powerful nor the oppressed have ever had good cause to obey laws—the former because the same privileges that enable them to write the laws release them from the necessity of obeying them, the latter because the laws weren’t established for their benefit in the first place. > > -“Take Your Pick: Law or Freedom” * * * # Remember How We Got Here The binary narrative about criminal oligarchs undermining democracy and the rule of law is misleading in another way. The authoritarians who are overhauling the government do not represent the opposite of the preceding order, but the inevitable _consequence_ of it. Their power grab is the _result_ of several decades of democratically-managed capitalism, which enabled a coterie of billionaires to accumulate so much wealth and power that they no longer believe that they need the trappings of democracy to keep the populace appeased. It was the rules of the previous game that created this situation. Wanting to go back a single step in history, to the previous stage of the process, is foolish, because that was the stage that led us directly to this one. It is impossible to rewind the clock—and even if we could, that would only mean arriving once again at the same situation. The problem is not simply that Musk’s protégés have run rampant through the databases of the government, though that is already producing consequences that will likely be impossible to undo. The real problem is the emergence of a caste of billionaires who no longer require the services of democracy and have enough power to do away with it. These billionaires can buy up communication platforms, buy up both politicians and voters, use the global infrastructure under their control to determine the outcome of geopolitical struggles. Donald Trump and Elon Musk are the ones who are currently attracting the most attention, but behind them are Peter Thiel, Marc Andreessen, and many more. The individual character flaws of these men are beside the point; the significant thing is that the mechanisms of neoliberal capitalism are systematically concentrating power in the hands of people who are completely disinterested in others’ agency or well-being. This is why milquetoast centrism cannot offer a convincing alternative to the despotism of the fascists and technocrats. Describing the Democrats’ unsuccessful strategy of chasing Republicans further and further to the right, one Democratic politician quipped that “voters who ordered a Coca-Cola don’t want a Diet Coke.” This doesn’t put things strongly enough. Considering that Trump won the election on an explicit platform of mass deportations and autocracy, Democrats imitating Republican talking points while promising to “defend democracy” is like offering Diet Coke to a cocaine addict. Today’s Republican voters are motivated in great part by the desire to see violence directed against those more vulnerable than themselves. It is autocracy itself they desire, not any particular policy. This bloodlust is the consequence of the avarice and narcissism that neoliberal capitalism fostered in so many people and then failed to fulfill. Those who have become accustomed to powerlessness and passivity, who urgently desire revenge but do not understand who is responsible for their situation, will elevate tyrants to power for the vicarious thrill of seeing _someone_ made to suffer, even if the consequences make life worse for practically everyone. Doubtless some of them would change sides if they saw a real opportunity to improve their lives, but that would require much more than a promise to go back to the Biden era. If the defenders of democracy cannot offer anything more inspiring than a return to the previous state of affairs—the one that caused this catastrophe in the first place—they will lose, and they will deserve to lose. It will take a more ambitious and far-reaching vision to defeat oligarchy. * * * # Become an Anarchist or Forever Hold Your Peace In 2020, the most powerful uprising in living memory took place in the United States. Millions of people filled the streets. They were not galvanized by a timid electoral campaign, nor simply by the footage of police murdering George Floyd, but by the brave actions of ordinary people who stood up to injustice—above all, by the burning of the Third Precinct in Minneapolis. By driving the political discourse in the election year, this uprising not only turned voters away from Donald Trump—it also showed billionaires that Trump would not be able to preserve conditions suitable for business, forcing them to temper their ambitions. One poll showed Americans supporting the burning of the police precinct by a larger margin than any victorious presidential candidate this century. In response to the uprising, Joe Biden and other Democrats doubled down on supporting the police. This shows that the Democrats believe that it is impossible to maintain power under capitalism without channeling more and more resources towards repression, tasking the police with keeping an increasingly desperate population under control. Today, the Republicans are going even further, cultivating support for explicitly patriarchal, racist, xenophobic, and authoritarian politics—in short, for fascism. The implication is that as billionaires accumulate more and more power and the consequences of their rapaciousness trickle down to the rest of us, it will take more than police to keep the population under control: it will also take informal militias, and falsehoods about why some demographics deserve to have more power than everyone else, and probably, in the long run, ethnic cleansing and genocide on a larger scale than we have yet seen. Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. invited us to trust that “the arc of the moral universe is long, but it bends toward justice.” But today it is clear that things are not slowly, steadily getting better, neither in the field of civil rights, nor in regards to the natural environment, nor justice, nor governance. * * * “The function of government is to centralize power and impose domination: to enforce, to punish, to administer. Politicians preside over an economy more oppressive and invasive than any dictatorship could be by itself.” The state is not the solution to these problems. It is a protection racket that—until recently—purported to solve our problems in order to lull us into dependence (“I alone can fix it”!) while suppressing our ability to meet our needs without it. Now, under Trump and Musk in the United States and rulers like Javier Milei elsewhere, there is no longer any pretense that the state exists to do anything besides oppress people and defend the profits of the rich. All this time, the state has been accumulating the means—both technological and social—that are required to force this new reality on us, and now the tyrants are intent on using them. Yet in doing so, Elon Musk and Donald Trump are giving millions of people cause to reevaluate their priorities and dedicate their lives to profound social change. The 2020 uprising offered a glimpse of what it looks like for large numbers of people to act on their own initiative, creating a groundswell of resistance that is much greater than the sum of its parts. Our chief error, in 2020, was in imagining that we could simply return to business as usual afterwards, when in fact our only hope is to change the world. As Trump and Musk gut every aspect of the state that is not about profiteering and repression, the stakes of this moment are coming into focus. There is no more middle ground. If you care about public health, you have to become a revolutionary. If you care about medical research, you have to become a revolutionary. If you care about climate change, about labor conditions, about the well-being of children in warzones, there is nothing else for it—you have to become a revolutionary. In the movements to come, we must make space for the civil servants Elon Musk has fired, for the scientists and academics whose funding has dried up, for those who once sought social change through electoral politics. They should put all their skills to work in new contexts, experimenting with new forms of resistance and spreading whatever strategies work far and wide. But we should not simply try to rebuild the broken system that brought us to this dire situation. We must build a new vision together along with the means to bring it into being. Anarchists propose to build our collective capacity to act on a horizontal and decentralized basis, rather than entrusting our agency to leaders. We seek to create a lattice of overlapping participatory and voluntary associations that can meet people’s material and spiritual needs. Rather than hoarding resources for ourselves the way the billionaires do, we seek to abolish all of the mechanisms that impose artificial scarcity, to create commons that benefit everyone. We seek to generate abundance, not profit. To be an anarchist means to recognize that our freedom and well-being are inextricably bound up with the freedom and well-being of billions like us. It means discarding all the old excuses for remaining subservient to those who only endeavor to enrich themselves at others’ expense. It means becoming fiercely loyal to what is best in ourselves and each other, to our capacity for compassion and cooperation and courage. Across two centuries, anarchists have resisted under monarchies and persisted through dictatorships. Now that liberal democracy and neoliberal capitalism are concluding in a new form of tyranny, a new generation must draw on this long legacy of struggle. There is no going back to the way things were, to the future that we once anticipated. The old world is in flames around us. Become an anarchist, or forever hold your peace. * * * # Further Reading * The Case for Resistance: What We’re Up Against—and What It Could Look Like to Fight
crimethinc.com
March 3, 2025 at 8:25 PM
The Students Walk Out in Los Angeles : A Report from the Streets
In the opening weeks of Donald Trump’s second presidency, some of the fiercest expressions of defiance have come from the communities that Trump is threatening to attack. In Los Angeles, students have engaged in weeks of walkouts and other protests against the mass deportations Trump promised. In Cincinnati, the historically Black community Lincoln Heights responded to a neo-Nazi rally by chasing off the white supremacists, burning their swastika flags, and conducting an armed watch lest they attempt to return. Both of these communities draw on deep roots of resistance. The students in Los Angeles are walking out in the footsteps of previous student rebels, including those who participated in the historic protests of 2006 against the repression of the undocumented. People in Cincinnati rose in rebellion in 2001 against police violence, foreshadowing the movement that got underway in response to the murder of Oscar Grant in 2008 and arrived on the world stage in 2014 with the uprising in Ferguson. In continuing these legacies, today’s protesters show how difficult it will be for Donald Trump, Elon Musk, and other racist billionaires to control the population of this continent. They also point the way for others who are still trying to figure out how to defend themselves against the new regime. Here, participants in this month’s demonstrations in Los Angeles offer a short report from the streets. You can view many other photographs depicting the week’s events by the same photographer here. * * * # Report from Los Angeles The ongoing anti-ICE protests in downtown Los Angeles have been led by Latino and Latina youth, including striking high school students and fleets of teenagers on 29er BMXes, minibikes, and lowriders. The streets are significantly livelier, compared to the last year of demonstrations protesting the genocide in Gaza. The Los Angeles Police Department has reported several injuries to officers, as well as slashed tires on police vehicles. Unencumbered by formal speeches and megaphone-driven chants, the participants have instead spent their time setting off fireworks and smoke bombs, doing burnouts at intersections, and chanting _“Culero!”_ at the cops. Anger, frustration, excitement, and joy have mingled in the streets as _cumbias_ and _corridos_ blast from car stereos and live _bandas_ and the smell of burning rubber fills the air. The events of Sunday, February 2, began at the El Pueblo de Los Angeles historical monument, where thousands rallied with speeches, music, and performances organized by a loose coalition of political organizations and social media influencers. After the performances and speeches, the participants marched to City Hall, where hundreds of people occupied the steps and lawns. The rally formally ended at 11 AM, but the crowd continued to march from City Hall back to El Pueblo de Los Angeles where protesters remained until 11 PM. This protester’s ensemble succinctly conveys an entire political program. Credit. It was clear that although the rally was called by formal political organizations, the crowd’s energy quickly exceeded any control they may have had over people’s movement. Crowds took over the 101 freeway in downtown three separate times, leaving the walls painted with “Fuck ICE,” “Brown Pride,” and _“Chinga tu Madre_ Trump!” An estimated three thousand people, including street vendors who flocked in to sustain the protest, held down the blocks between the 101 freeway and Olvera Street all evening, until LAPD eventually used tear gas to disperse the crowd. According to one participant, > “A crowd of about 100 swarmed an LAPD vehicle, trapping it as they danced cumbia on all sides. Orders to disperse were met with empty cans of beer thrown at police cruisers.” The next day, on February 3, students across Southern California and in parts of the rest of the country skipped classes and crowds gathered to mark “A Day Without Immigrants,” echoing a 2017 call to protest and boycott in response to the first Trump administration’s rhetorical and material attacks on immigrants. Los Angeles Unified School District attendance was reported at 66%, and traffic on the 101 was temporarily stopped by hundreds of protesters again. Graffiti on Los Angeles City Hall. After the previous day’s disordered and timid response to protesters, the LAPD was actively looking for opportunities to escalate and perform arrests. At least one man was arrested on a felony vandalism charge during the demonstrations. Minor skirmishes between protesters and police on February 3, including the use of green-strap 40-millimeter less-than-lethal rounds, culminated in the police kettling a group of 200-250 protesters in a tunnel on Chavez Avenue. At this point, the LAPD faltered, failing to muster and coordinate the necessary resources to carry out mass arrests. The tenacity of the crowd and protesters outside the kettle effectively succeeded in de-escalating the police response; after several hours, the protesters were cited and released. The strength of these initial protests laid the groundwork for the following week of resistance across Los Angeles County. Student walkouts have happened nearly every day and continue still, with community and mutual aid organizations supporting them. This form of resistance follows in the legacy of the 1968 East Los Angeles Walkouts (also known as the Chicano Blowouts), during which 20,000 high schoolers walked out demanding anti-racist education. The March 2006 rally for immigration reform also saw tens of thousands of students walk out. The energy in the streets and the overall swagger of the protesters recalls the rowdy celebrations after the Dodgers won the World Series in October, which escalated to looting in downtown and the burning of a Metropolitan Transit Authority bus in Echo Park. You can view more work by this photographer here. The speed of response, scale, and sustained nature of the protests in Los Angeles were notable. However, marches in San Diego, Phoenix, Austin, and dozens of other cities showed that the draw to make resistance public is not isolated to Southern California. While people have taken to the streets less rapidly than eight years ago, this should not be understood as a public disillusionment with the tactic of mass protest. We don’t have a complete answer for what tactical role street protests should play in the current political moment, but this week in Los Angeles has reminded us that there is still an intoxicating joy to be found in the streets in these collective gatherings of resistance. And regardless of whether activists, organizations, and organizers call for them—they are going to happen. The demonstrators at City Hall on February 4, 2025. A video shared by People’s City Council, Los Angeles. # Further Reading * Eight Things You Can Do to Stop ICE * No Wall They Can Build
crimethinc.com
February 21, 2025 at 8:06 PM
Eight Things You Can Do to Stop ICE
The Trump administration is paving the way for mass deportations by building new prison camps and invoking the Alien Enemies Act, which was used to justify the internment of Japanese Americans during World War II. Motivated by nativism and white nationalism, Steven Miller and other officials are attempting to ethnically cleanse the United States, while tech and prison companies profit on lucrative government contracts and corporations continue to exploit immigrant labor. Knowing that mass deportations will inflict devastating costs, Trump has chiefly been concentrating his efforts in cities like Chicago and Denver that are governed by his political adversaries. Nonetheless, people are getting organized. Communities across the US are mobilizing rapid response networks that can respond to raids and support those targeted by state violence. Students across the US are staging walkouts; people are holding mass demonstrations and fighting back against deportations. If we fail to stand in solidarity with those targeted by Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) today, the same infrastructure of repression will eventually be turned against others, as well. An injury to one is an injury to all! Do your part to melt the ICE. * * * # Eight Things You Can Do to Stop ICE Click on the image to download the PDF. **Please print these out and distribute them in your community!** ## Know Your Rights—Educate Your Community Learn your rights in interactions with ICE and law enforcement. Trump officials have complained that people knowing their rights makes it “very difficult” to carry out raids. Asserting our rights can disrupt their plans, delay their efforts, and shift the power dynamics in encounters with law enforcement. Distribute “Know Your Rights” cards and fliers in your community. Organize teams to get them into schools and workplaces. Host a training at your local community center, church, or union hall. Publicizing this information is an chance to get people together to strategize about how to accomplish the other tasks on this list. ## Vet Information—Stop Rumors Disinformation spreads quickly when people are afraid. Set up hotlines, Signal loops, and social media accounts that can vet information, verify reports of ICE activity, and circulate reliable updates. If your area already has a hotline, volunteer to help keep it running. Don’t amplify rumors; when you see them spreading, debunk them. Reports about ICE activity should include the exact time, date, and location of the sighting, the number of agents, and a visual description of their uniforms, vehicles, and badges—or better still, photographic evidence. For more information, continue reading here. ## Organize Rapid Response Networks Organize a rapid response network to mobilize against ICE raids by recording their activity, providing support to the targeted, and organizing an immediate response. Documenting ICE activity has proven useful for understanding how they behave; it has also helped people in court. Wherever possible, block or slow their actions. In the past, crowds mobilized by rapid response networks have blockaded ICE deportation vans and protested outside ICE facilities. _You can read about some rapid response networkshere and here._ ## Organize Mutual Aid—Support Bail Funds ICE raids disrupt lives and break families apart. Many people are afraid to attend school or go to work for fear of being kidnapped by ICE. Organize mutual aid programs to provide support to those in hiding and to families whose breadwinners have been abducted. Start a free grocery program. Deliver meals. Connect with existing support networks and organizations to expand their efforts. Support bail funds to get arrestees out of the system as soon as possible. ## Fight Criminalization—Shut out the Police Ordinary interactions with police are one of the chief risks to those targeted by ICE. A single false criminal charge could ruin a person’s life, even if it would never hold up in court. Encourage neighbors and coworkers not to call the police. Organize neighborhood networks, conflict resolution projects, and other ways to address community needs without involving the criminal “justice” industry. Debunk false narratives about rising crime rates—these are just excuses to increase the scope of repression and the profits of those who invest in it. Explain what everyone has to gain by standing in solidarity with those who are on the receiving end of criminalization. Publicly shame police officers and other mercenaries who sell their capacity to inflict harm to the highest bidder. ## Stand In Solidarity with ICE Detainees—Fight to Abolish ICE Stand in solidarity with those locked inside ICE facilities. Support their efforts to organize. Prisoners in many ICE facilities organize hunger strikes and labor stoppages demanding better food, better conditions, access to healthcare, and legal representation. Organize to prevent the construction of new ICE facilities. Mobilize against contractors that work with ICE or supply technology to ICE. Connect the struggle against ICE to other organizing within and against prisons. ## Connect Communities These tactics will be most effective if you pursue them in community with those who are immediately at risk. For example, if you maintain a platform sharing verified sightings of ICE in your community, this will do little good unless it reaches those who need that information most. Strengthen the ties between those who are targeted by ICE and the rest of your community. ## Build a Culture of Resistance against ICE and State Repression Build a culture of resistance in your neighborhood, school, or workplace. Make the walls of your community speak with stickers and posters. Encourage non-cooperation with ICE. Strategize with others in your community about how to support those facing repression and take the offensive against those who are scapegoating the undocumented. Every time ICE wants to attack your community, they should know that their activity will be recorded and reported, that people will converge on them wherever they show up, that there will be consequences for their actions. Every operation should cost them more resources than the last. If all of us do what we can, the accumulation of our efforts will save lives and preserve communities. # For More Information * Immigrant Legal Resource Center * Order “Know Your Rights” Cards * When ICE Comes Calling, Rapid Community Responses Can Make a Difference * ICE Watch Programs Can Protect Immigrants in Your Neighborhood * A Guide for Employers: What to Do if Immigration Comes to Your Workplace * Think There’s Nothing You Can Do to Stop ICE? Think Again. * Willem van Spronsen’s Statement about Why He Took Action against ICE * * * # Know Your Rights: You have constitutional rights! * DO NOT OPEN THE DOOR if an immigration agent is knocking on the door. * DO NOT ANSWER ANY QUESTIONS from an immigration agent if they try to talk to you. You have the right to remain silent. * DO NOT SIGN ANYTHING without speaking to a lawyer first. You have the right to speak with a lawyer. * If you are outside of your home, ask the agent if you are free to leave. If they say yes, leave. * GIVE THIS TEXT TO THE AGENT. If you are inside of your home, show the text through the window or slide a card with this text under the door: **I do not wish to speak with you, answer your questions, or sign or hand you any documents based on my 5th Amendment rights under the United States Constitution. I do not give you permission to enter my home based on my 4th Amendment rights under the United States Constitution unless you have a warrant to enter, signed by a judge or magistrate with my name on it that you slide under the door. I do not give you permission to search any of my belongings based on my 4th Amendment rights. I choose to exercise my constitutional rights.** * * * ICE agents often carry administrative rather than judicial warrants. They would like you to think that these are the same, but they are not. If the agent does not have a judicial warrant with all the correct information for the specific person they are looking to detain, they do not have authority to enter private areas without consent, including private areas at a workplace. Talk with your coworkers so that everyone understands which areas are public and private; put up signs and keep doors closed. Create a policy on how to respond if ICE comes to your place of work. You can learn more about how to deal with workplace raids here.
crimethinc.com
February 21, 2025 at 8:06 PM
The Day the Émigrés Struck Back : Remembering the General Strike of May Day 2006
In 2006, students around the United States engaged in spontaneous walkouts protesting the repression of undocumented people, culminating on May Day in the first great general strike to take place in the US in the 21st century. Today, as students are once again staging walkouts and people around the country are taking to the streets against the immigration policies of the second Trump administration, it is a good time to revisit this earlier high point of resistance. The following report originally appeared in issue three of _Rolling Thunder,_ our _Anarchist Journal of Dangerous Living._ You can order these stickers here. * * * # May 1, 2006 May Day 2006 saw the first nationwide general strike in the United States in several decades. The immigrant rights movement had declared that fine spring day “A Day without Immigrants,” in response to right-wing rhetoric to the effect that “we don’t need immigrants.” They replied “Ok gringo, if you don’t need us, we’re not going to go to work or school, nor buy or sell anything on this day. Let’s see how well this country runs.” The strike was a stunning success, despite a number of spineless Latino “leaders” condemning the strike, saying that it would create a backlash and send the wrong message. As if the bill in Congress that would deport twelve million people and militarize the US-Mexico border wasn’t a backlash! Across the country, immigrants and their allies walked off the job, skipped school, shuttered the windows of their shops, and refused to spend any money. In Phoenix, thousands of workers took the day off and blockaded the entrances to various Walmart and Home Depot stores. Nearly all the chain restaurants in the city had to close or slash their hours due to the strike. Dozens of meatpacking plants, employing thousands of workers, were closed down nationwide due to that industry’s reliance on immigrant labor. Los Angeles was possibly hardest hit, with a good portion of the city completely shut down. The port of LA, one of the country’s largest, was ninety percent inactive thanks to the overwhelming majority of truckers refusing to haul goods that day. A small but rowdy portion of the more than one million people who marched for immigrant rights in LA chose to round off the day in running battles with the police, throwing rocks and bottles, dragging debris into the streets, and vandalizing outdoor advertisements. California’s state legislature was forced to close when janitors, cafeteria workers, and maintenance people did not show up to work at the capitol building. Meanwhile, across the country, the New York state legislature shut down mid-session when Black and Latino legislators walked out in solidarity with the protest. Back in California, the agricultural counties were hit particularly hard, with major corporate farms such as Gallo Wines being forced to halt production for the day. A riot broke out in Santa Ana, CA when police tried to disperse a crowd of fifteen hundred that had taken over a major boulevard. The crowd responded by raining bottles and rocks on the cops, who were forced to retreat until a riot squad was brought in to quell the revolt. In New York City, scuffles broke out with police when a crowd thousands strong attempted to take the Brooklyn Bridge. Nearly half a million people marched through the streets of Chicago, and another one hundred thousand marched in Denver, where it was reported that scuffles broke out between protestors and Minutemen counter-protestors. Several hundred cities and small towns across the country experienced demonstrations, many of them the largest those cities had ever seen. In a sign that the immigrant rights movement may be diversifying, the windows of a Department of Homeland Security office in Santa Cruz responsible for deporting immigrants were shattered overnight. According to a message posted on the internet, dozens of banks and “financial institutions” saw their locks glued and ATM machines sabotaged in western North Carolina, in an apparent move to support the general strike. South of the border, throughout Mexico, hundreds of thousands of people observed a sister day of protest labeled “A Day without a Gringo,” in which Mexicans boycotted all US business interests. Mexico City saw a crowd of several thousand gather to listen to Zapatista leader Marcos speak and to show their solidarity with their brothers and sisters struggling north of the border. Afterwards, several hundred demonstrators took a tour of the business district, smashing the windows of US-owned banks and restaurants. In Monterey, a group of women gave out free tacos in front of a McDonald’s in an effort to support the boycott. Meanwhile, every major border crossing from El Paso to San Diego was shut down by groups of angry Mexican citizens on their side of the border, preventing hundreds of thousands if not millions of dollars worth of goods from crossing the border that day. All in all, May Day 2006 was one of the largest days of protest the United States had ever seen. Counting Los Angeles, Chicago, Denver, and Washington, DC alone, there were nearly two million people in the streets, with an equal or greater number joining in smaller demonstrations elsewhere across the US. It was a day of protest based on the principles of direct action, the centerpiece of which was a general strike. In many places, demonstrators went further, blockading businesses that exploit immigrants and engaging the police in battles when push came to shove. It was fitting that it was immigrants who brought May Day back to its former splendor. It was here in the United States, in Chicago, that this international day of workers’ solidarity was born in the struggle for the eight-hour day. Radical immigrant workers, the majority of them anarchists, were at the front of the struggles that made May Day what it is, offering their tears, sweat, and blood in the fight for a better way of life. * * * # Appendix: How It Began _This contemporary account by an outside sympathizer offers a snapshot of the momentum that led to the general strike of May Day 2006 and a glimpse of political discourse about immigrants’ struggles at that time._ Early in 2006, I was riding my bike through downtown Tucson on my way to write a story about recent Indigenous uprisings on a faraway island in Indonesia. My mind was occupied by mundane worries: low air pressure on the rear tire, cars driving too close to me, wondering if I was getting skin cancer from so much sun. I had nearly completed my daily pilgrimage to the office when these trivial thoughts were interrupted by a sea of people moving steadily in my direction from several blocks away. There was joyful shouting, people carrying indistinguishable flags and banners. “Wasn’t Saint Patrick’s day last week?” I thought to myself. As I neared the energetic crowd, I soon realized this was no state-sanctioned holiday, and it sure as hell had nothing to do with the Irish. Instead, I saw two or three hundred mostly Latino youth marching defiantly down the street. Recalling the numerous record-breaking protests against racist anti-immigrant laws of the past week, I realized I had run into a student walkout. As I neared the next block, I was amazed to find a group of three hundred students already rallying in front of the federal building. Over the next half hour, the crowd swelled to over a thousand as more and more fugitive students arrived in groups of ten, fifty, a hundred. The energy and excitement of these youthful rebels nearly overwhelmed me as their chants of “¡Si se puede!” (“Yes, it can be done!”) rang through the air, at times drowned out by the constant honking of supportive passersby. Others chanted “We didn’t cross the border, the border crossed us!” in reference to the United States’ arbitrary heist of the northern portion of Mexico over a century ago. Still more carried signs reading “No human being is illegal.” The following day, I was again riding my bike through downtown, somewhat more prepared to run into a protest, because I had heard that students were planning another walkout. I was disappointed when I encountered a small crowd of fifty kids walking on the sidewalk. “I guess they let their steam out yesterday,” I thought pessimistically to myself. As I rounded the corner onto Congress Avenue, I was forced to eat my words. The crowd was nearly double the size of the previous day’s, overflowing the small plaza in front of the federal building into the streets. The initial fifty were just stragglers. Soon, the massive crowd surged towards the federal courthouse, where thousands of immigrants are deported every year, and proceeded to block the entrance to this institution of oppression for half an hour. Meanwhile, hundreds of other students cruised the streets of downtown in perilously overloaded vehicles, blasting the music of their home countries, waving Mexican flags, and carrying posters of Cesar Chavez. Whether or not it was intentional, these cruisers, in conjunction with the sea of protestors swarming downtown from all directions, brought Tucson’s business district to a standstill. The energy, defiance, and sheer power of these demonstrations stands in stark contrast to the dreary, well-behaved, state-approved parades put on by our country’s numerous leftist organizations. “These are no mere protests,” I thought to myself, “this is an uprising.” This initial speculation was confirmed when I got back home and looked at the news reports. Even the corporate media acknowledged that well over a thousand Tucson middle- and high-school students had dropped their pens and paper and taken to the streets to protest the government’s attempted crackdown on immigration. At one school, someone pulled a fire alarm after the principle attempted to direct students into the gymnasium, ensuring their escape to the streets. At another school, several dozen students scaled a barbed wire fence after administrators locked the only exit shut. Other students took their anger out on the Border Patrol, notorious for its rampant racism and sadistic abuse of detainees, by throwing rocks at its Tucson headquarters. What I saw in Tucson was no isolated incident. In Los Angeles, thirty-six thousand students walked out three days in a row, shut down four freeways, and repeatedly clashed with the LAPD when the latter attempted to break up this spontaneous outbreak of rebellion. In Fort Worth, Texas, not exactly a hotbed of radicalism, several hundred students walked out and proceeded to take over the city hall. Police responded by injuring several students, one of whom required hospitalization. There’s nothing like a group of grown-up armed men beating school children! In Pasadena, California, police opened up on a crowd of one hundred and fifty students with pepper balls in an attempt to disperse them. The students responded to this unprovoked attack by throwing rocks and bottles at the police. In San Diego, six thousand students took to the streets in five days of class disruptions. On the final day, they attempted to take over the Coronado bridge that spans San Diego Bay, but were stopped by a wall of California Highway Patrolmen. In Santa Ana, student occupations shut down several government offices, including the tax collector’s office. “No human being is illegal.” This massive wave of civil disobedience on the heels of the previous week’s pro-immigrant demonstrations is no doubt a sign of a healthy and rapidly growing national rebellion. Where do predominately white anti-authoritarian and anti-colonial movements in this country fit into the picture? First off, gringos need to understand that immigrants to the US are for the most part fleeing the poverty, hunger, and violent repression manufactured abroad by our country’s government in order to ensure the relative comfort of our lives here at home. It is no coincidence that the “flood” of illegal immigrants from Mexico skyrocketed after the implementation of the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA). The human beings who are risking their lives (several hundred die every year) traversing the arid borderlands are not doing so to steal people’s jobs. They are trying to ensure the survival of their families by earning slightly more than the starvation wages they find, if they are lucky, south of the border.1 Radicals in the US should extend solidarity to the immigrant rights movement in every way possible. This is not the time for professional activists to step up and “show the masses the way.” The folks fueling the fire of this uprising seem to have a pretty clear analysis of the situation and an equally clear vision of how to win. The last thing they need is some know-it-all honkies to come in and tell them what to do. If you need further convincing of this fact, consider that the immigrant rights movement has managed in a matter of weeks to mobilize an enormous and militant movement that is already beginning to surpass what the anti-war movement, with the “help” of all those well-paid professional activists, has accomplished in the past three years. Sympathetic gringos can offer direct assistance by cooking food for demonstrators, hanging posters, organizing solidarity actions, offering rides to demonstrations and meetings, acting as legal observers, raising funds for legal expenses (hundreds have already been arrested for acts of civil disobedience), and showing up to demonstrations. One role I believe we have a particular responsibility to play is confronting racist boneheads such as the Minutemen who have spearheaded the massive anti-immigrant backlash. The sheer idiocy of anyone of European descent in North America complaining about illegal immigrants is maddening enough—but when these bigots start walking around with guns to “protect the borders of the US” as a code for promoting their racist ideals, and receive significant backing from prominent Republicans and the media in return, we have a duty to stop them. Wherever these racist thugs hold a rally, we should organize a larger counter-rally. Whenever they organize a meeting, we should be there to disrupt it. Those of us who live near the border can interfere with their “civilian border patrols” by warning would-be crossers of their presence. (A megaphone and a spotlight will help.) We can show our solidarity by continuing to fight the colonialist policies that have impoverished other countries and created this whole immigration “problem” in the first place. Shutting down the World Trade Organization in Seattle was a good start, but we totally dropped the ball on NAFTA and CAFTA (the equivalent agreement for Central America). However, it is not too late to defeat the Free Trade Area of the Americas, and resistance to it throughout the rest of the continent is still fierce. I reckon it’s never too late to get the other two repealed either. While welcoming economic and political refugees into our country is a good start, if we want to create a truly just world for everyone, we must destroy the policies that force people to make the trek in the first place. You can obtain these posters here. Radicals must address the anti-immigrant sentiment that sometimes boils up within our own ranks—for example, in certain sectors of the environmental movement. Groups such as the Sierra Club have flirted for years with the asinine notion that poor immigrants are somehow a major source of ecological destruction in the US. The line of logic proceeds thus: the increase in population is causing major sprawl, and by moving to the US—hold your breath for this one—immigrants start to consume at the rate that US citizens do. If I understand this right, it’s OK for us to continue consuming the world’s resources at a suicidal rate, but not for anyone else to? Talk about blaming the victim! Instead of scapegoating immigrants, we should be working first and foremost to reduce our own consumption of resources. It is equally ridiculous to allege that immigrants cause sprawl. They are not the ones building the second and third trophy homes that are eating up wilderness across the country. Come to think of it, they often are the ones building these homes—not for themselves, but for the exorbitant lifestyles of middle- and upper-class US citizens. Don’t even get me started on the devastation that the massive border wall that some are calling for would have on the ecological integrity of the Sonoran desert ecosystem. Radical immigrant groups that are fighting for better wages and work conditions in the US also deserve support. Groups such as the Farm Labor Organizing Committee (FLOC) and the Coalition of Immokalee Workers (CIW) have both launched numerous protests, boycotts, and speaking tours to achieve better pay in the fields. During FLOC’s boycott of Mt. Olive pickles, anarchists in North Carolina helped by protesting at grocery stores (including trashing Mt. Olive products in the store), painting banners, and offering rides to FLOC organizers who did not have documentation or driver’s licenses. The CIW recently won in a boycott against Taco Bell demanding that they pay tomato pickers more per pound, and have just launched a fresh boycott against McDonalds hoping to achieve the same goal. I’m sure you can think of a number of ways to help compel McDonalds to meet their demands. _Comida no Migra_ —“food, not border patrol”—is a new take on the Food Not Bombs model that is catching on in many communities across the US. Instead of serving lunch or dinner in the park, participants get up early in the morning to bring food to immigrant day laborers at the places where they wait for work. Not only does this provide folks with a little sustenance and good cheer, it also puts observers on site to make sure no one messes with them. This is important because the Minutemen, not knowing what else to do with their pathetic lives, have started protesting at day labor sites to intimidate immigrants. Similarly, it’s not unheard of for immigrants to get picked up by some asshole, work all day, and then not get paid; even worse, there have been incidents in which racists have picked up day laborers and beaten or killed them. There is a lot of work to be done in the fight for immigrant rights. Whether that means offering childcare to families so that they can attend meetings, translating information on workers’ rights into Spanish, or blockading immigration detention centers, there are many fronts in this battle and all of them are important. It would behoove radicals in the US to study the solidarity work people in Europe and Australia have done around immigration and asylum seeking. Check out the No Border network—a massive European immigrants’ rights coalition. In Australia, activists have repeatedly broken political asylum-seekers out of detention centers and provided them refuge. There is much we can offer. The fight for immigrant rights is not about us and how radical our politics are. It is about lending our solidarity to people in struggle. Click on the image to download the poster. 1. Even if they _were_ just “here for a free ride,” as the right wing asserts, I’d say good for them. After all we’ve stolen from them and the places they came from, it’s merely a matter of them coming and getting a little piece of the pie back—in other words, reparations. ↩
crimethinc.com
February 12, 2025 at 8:17 PM